their flockes 8 * Therefore dwelt Esáu in mount Seir this Esáu is Edóm 9 So these are the generacions of Esáu father of Edôm in mount Seir. 10 These are the names of Esaus sonnes * Elipház the sonne of Adáh the wife of Esau ād Reuél the sonne of Bashemáth the wife of Esáu 11 And the sonnes of Eliphâz were Temân Omâr Zephon and Gatám and Kenà z 12 And Timná was cōcubine to Elipház Esaus sonne and bare vnto Elipház Amalék these be the sonnes of Adáh Esaus wife 13 ¶ And these are the sōnes of Reuél Nà hath and Zérah Shammah ād Mizzáh these were the sonnes of Bashemáth Esaus wife 14 ¶ And these were the sonnes of Aholibamah the daughter of Anáh daughter of Zibeôn Esaus wife for she 〈◊〉 vnto Esáu Ieúsh and Iaalám and Kōrah 15 These were Dukes of the sonnes of Esáu the sonnes of Elipház the first borne of Esáu duke Temán duke Omár duke Zephô duke Kenaz 16 Duke Kórah duke Gatám duke Amalék these are the dukes that came of Elipház in the land of Edōm these were the sonnes of Adáh 17 ¶ And these are the sonnes of Reull Esaus sonne duke Náhath duke Zérah duke Shāmah duke Mizzáh these are the dukes that came of Reuél in the land of Edôm these are the sonnes of Bashemâth Esaus wife 18 ¶ Like wise these were the sonnes of Aholibamáh Esaus wife Duke Ieúsh duke Iaalám duke Kōrah these dukes came of 〈◊〉 the daughter of Anáh Esaus wife 19 These are the children of Esáu and these are the dukes of them This Esáu is Edôm 20 ¶ * These are the sonnes of Seir the Horite which inhabited the land before Lotán and Shobál and Zibeôn and Anáh 21 And Dishon and Ezer and Dishán these are the dukes of the Horites the sonnes of Seir in the land of Edôm 22 And the sonnes of Lotan were Hori and Hemám and Lotans sister was Timná 23 And the sonnes of Shobál were these Aluán and Manábath and Ebál Shephó And 〈◊〉 24 And these are the sonnes of Zibeón bothe Aiah and Anáh this was Anáh that founde mules in the wildernes as he fed his father Zibeons asses 25 And the childrē of Anáh were these Dishon and Aholibamáh the daughter of Anah 26 Also these are the sonnes of Dishán Hemdán and Eshbán and Ithrán and Cherán 27 The sonnes of Ezer are these 〈◊〉 and Zaauán and Akán 28 The sonnes of Dishân are these Vz Arán 29 These are the dukes of the 〈◊〉 duke Lotán duke Shobál duke Zibeō duke Anáh 30 Duke 〈◊〉 duke Ezer duke Dishán these be the dukes of the Horites after their dukedomes in the land of 〈◊〉 31 ¶ And these are the Kings that reigned in the lād of Edôm before there reigned any King ouer the children of Israél 32 Then Béla the sonne of Beôr reigned in Edôm and the name of his citie was Dinhábah 33 And when Béladyed Iobáb the sonne of Zérah of Bozrá reigned in his stede 34 When Iobáb also was dead Hushám of the land of Temani reigned in his stede 35 And after the death of Hushám Hadád the sonne of Bedád which slewe 〈◊〉 in the field of Moáb reigned in his stede and the name of his citie was Auith. 36 When Hadà d was dead then Samláh of Masrekáh reigned in his stede 37 When Samláh was dead Shaúl of Rehobóth by the riuer reigned in his stede 38 When Shaúldyed Baal-hanán the sonne of of Achbôr reigned in his stede 39 And after the death of Baalhanán the sōne of Achbôr Hadád reigned in his stede and the name of his citie was Páu his wiues name Mehetabél the daughter of Matréd the daughter of Mezaháb 40 Then these are the names of the dukes of Esáu according to their families their places and by their names duke Timnā duke Al uáh duke Iethéth 41 Duke Aholibamáh duke Eláh duke Pinō 42 Duke Kenáz duke Temā duke Mibzár 43 Duke Magdiél duke Iram these be the dukes of Edôm according to their habitacions in the land of their inheritance This Esâuis the Father of Edóm CHAP. XXXVII 2 Ioseph accuseth his brethren 5 He dreameth and is hated of his brethren 28 They sel him to the Ishmaclites 5. 34 Iaakób 〈◊〉 Ioseph 1 IAakób nowe dwelt in the land wherin his father was a stranger in the lād of Canáan 2 These are the generaciōs of Iaakób whē Ioséph was seuententh yere olde he kepte shepe with his brethren and the childe was with the sonnes of Bilháh and with the sonnes of Zilpáh his fathers wiues And Ioséph broght vnto their father their euil saying 3 Nowe Israél loued Ioséph more then all hys sonnes because he begate hym in hys olde age and he made hym a coate of many colours 4 So when his brethren sawe that their father loued hym more then all his brethren then they hated hym and colde not speake peaceably vnto him 5 ¶ And Ioséph dreamed a dreame and tolde hys brethren who hated hym so muche the more 6 For he said vnto them Heare I pray you this dreame whiche I haue dreamed 7 Beholde nowe we were bindyng sheues in the middes of the fielde lo my shefe arose and also stode vpryght and beholde your sheues compassed rounde about and did reuerence to my shefe 8 Then his brethren said to hym What shalt thou reigne ouer vs and rule vs or shalt thou haue altogether dominió ouer vs And they hated him so muche the more for his dreames and for his wordes 9 ¶ Agayne he dreamed an other dreame and tolde it his brethren and said Beholde I haue had one dreame more and beholde the sunne and the moone and eleuen starres dyd reuerence to me 10 Then he tolde it vnto his father and to hys brethren and his father rebuked hym and said vnto him What is this dreame whiche thou hast dreamed shal I and thy mother ād thy brethren come in dede and fall on the grounde before thee 11 And his brethren enuied him but his father noted the saying 12 ¶ Then his brethren went to kepe their fathers shepe in Shechém 13 And Israél sayd vnto Ioséph Do not thy bre thren kepe in Shechém come and I wil send thee to them 14 And he answered hym I am here Then he said vnto hym Go now se whether it be wel with thy brethren and howe the flockes prosper and bryng me worde agayne so he sent him frome the vale of Hebron and he came to Shechém 15 ¶ Then a man founde hym for lo he was wandryng in the fielde and the man asked him saying What sek est thou 16 And he aunswered I seke my brethren tell me I pray thee where they kepe shepe 17 And the man said Thei are departed hence for I heard them say Let vs go vnto Dothán Then went Ioséph after hys brethren and found them in Dothán 18 And when they saw him a far of
remember all the commandementes of the Lord and dothē and that ye seke not after your owne heart nor after your owne eies after the which ye go a whoring 40 That ye may remember and do al my commandements and be holy vnto your God 41 I am the Lord your God which broght you out of the land of Egypt to be your God I am the Lord your God CHAP. XVI 1 The rebellion of Korah Dathán Abrám 31 Kórah his companie perisheth 41 The people the next day mur mure 49. 14700. are slaine for murmuring 1 NOw * Kórah the sonne of Izhār the sonne of Koháth the sonne of Leui went a parte with Dathán and Abirám the sonnes sonnes of Eliáb and On the sonne of Péleth the sonnes of Reubén 2 And they rose vp against Mosés with certeine of the children of Israél two hundreth and fiftie captaines of the assemblie * famous in the Congregacion and men of renoume 3 Who gathered thē selues together against Mosés and against Āarón and said vnto thē Ye take to muche vpon you seing all the Congregacion is holy euerie one of them and the Lord is among them wherfore thē lift ye your selues aboue the Congregacion of the Lord 4 But when Mosés heard it he fel vpon hys face 5 And spake to Kōrah vnto al his companie saying Tomorowe the Lord wil shewe who is his and who is holy who ought to approche nere vnto him whome he hathe chosen he wil cause to come nere to him 6 This do therefore Take you censers both Kōrah and all his companie 7 And put fire therein and put in cens in them before the Lorde tomorowe and the man whome the Lorde doeth chose the same shal be holy ye take to muche vpon you ye sonnes of Leui. 8 Againe Mosés said vnto Kōrah Heare I pray you ye sonnes of Leui. 9 Semeth it a smal thing vnto you that the God of Israél hathe separated you from the multitude of Israél to take you nere to him self to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Lord and to stand before the Congregaciō and to minister vnto them 10 He hathe also taken thee to him al thy brethren the sonnes of Leui with thee and seke ye the office of the Priest also 11 For which cause thou and all thy companie are gathered together against the Lord and what is Aarōn that ye murmure against him 12 ¶ And Mosés sent to call Dathán Abirám the sonne of Eliáb who answered We will not come vp 13 Is it a small thyng that thou hast broght vs out of a land that floweth with milke and hony to kil vs in the wildernes except thou make thy selfe Lord and ruler ouer vs also 14 Also thou hast not broght vs vnto a lande that floweth with milke honie nether giuen vs inheritance of fieldes and viney ardes wilt thou put out the eies of these men we wil not come vp 15 Then Mosés waxed verie angrie and said vn to the Lord * Loke not vnto their offryng I haue not taken so muche as an asse frō them nether haue I hurte anie of them 16 And Mosés said vnto Kōrah Bethou and al thy cōpanie before the Lord both thou they and Aarōn tomorowe 17 And take euerie man his censor and put incens in them and bryngye euerie man his censor before the Lorde two hundreth and fiftie censors thou also and Aarōn euerie one his censor 18 So they toke euerie man his censor and put fire in them laied incens thereon stode in the dore of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregacion with Mosés and Aarôn 19 And Kōrah gathered all the multitude against thē vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion then the glorie of the Lord appeared vnto all the Congregacion 20 And the Lorde speake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 21 Separate your selues frō amōg this Congre gacion that I may consume thē atonce 22 And they fell vpon their faces and said O God the God of the spirits of al flesh hath not one man onely sinned and wilt thou be wrath with all the Congregacion 23 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the Congregacion and say Get you away from about the Tabernacle of Kórah Dathán and Abirám 25 Then Mosés rose vp went vnto Dathán and Abiram the Elders of Israél followed him 26 And he spake vnto the Congregacion saying Departe I pray you from the tentes of these wicked men and touche nothing of theirs lest ye perish in all their sinnes 27 So they gate them away frō the Tabernacle of Kôrah Dathán Abirám on euerie side and Dathán and Abirám came out stode in the dore of their tentes with their wiues and their sonnes and their litle children 28 And Mosés said Hereby ye shall knowe that the Lorde hathe sent me to do all these workes for I haue not done them of mine owne minde 29 If these men dye the commune death of all men or if they be visited after the visitacion of all men the Lord hath not sent me 30 But if the Lorde make a newe thing and the earth open her mouth swalow thē vp with all that they haue and they go downe quicke into the pit thē ye shal vnderstand that these men haue prouoked the Lord. 31 ¶ And as sone as he had made an end of spaking all these wordes euen the grounde claue a sunder that was vnder them 32 And the earth * opened her mouthe and swalowed them vp with their families and all the men thet were with Kórah and all their goods 33 So they and all that they had went downe aliue into the pit the earth couered thē so they perished frō among the Congregacion 34 And al Israél that were about them fled at the crye of thē for thei said Let vs 〈◊〉 lest the earth swalo we vs vp 35 But there came out a fire from the Lord consumed the two hundreth and fiftie men that offred the incens 36 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 37 Speake vnto Eleazár the sonne of Aaron the Priest that he take vp the censers out of the burning āds kater the fire beyonde the altar for they are halowed 38 The censers I say of these sinners that destroyed them selues let them make of thē broad plates for a couering of the Altar for they offred thē before the Lord therfore they shal be holy and they shal be a signe vn to the children of Israél 39 Thē Eleazár the Priest toke the brasen censers which they that were burnt had offred and made broad plates of them for a couering of the Altar 40 It is a remembrance vnto the children of Israél that no stranger whiche is not of the sede of Aaron come nere to offer incens before the Lorde that he be
Arte thou an Ephraimite If he said Nay 6 Then said they vnto him Say now Shibbôleth and he said Sibbôleth for he colde not so pronounce then they toke him slewe him at the passages of Iordén and there fel at that time of the Ephraimites two and forty thousand 7 And Iphtáh iudged Israél six yere thē dyed Iphtáh the Giliadite was buried in one of the cities of Gileád 8 After him Ibzán of Beth-léhem iudged Israél 9 Who had thirtie sonnes thirtie daughters which he sent out and toke in thirtie daughters from abroad for hys sonnes and he iudged Israél seuen yere 10 Then Ibzán dyed was buryed at Beth-léhem 11 ¶ And after him iudged Israél Elôn a Zebulonite and he iudged Israél ten yere 12 Then Elôn the Zebulonite dyed and was buryed in Aiialônin the countrey of Zebulûn 13 ¶ And after him Abdón the sonne of Hillél the Pirathonite iudged Israél 14 And he had fortie sonnes and thirtie neuews that rode on seuētie assecoltes and he iudged Israél eight yeres 15 Then dyed Abdón the sonne of Hillél the Pirathonite and was buryed in Pirathôn in the lande of Ephráim in the mount of the Amalekites CHAP. XIII 1 Israél for their wickednes is oppressed of the Philistims 3 The Angell appeareth to Manoahs wife 16 The Angei commandeth him to sacrifice vnto the Lord. 24 The birth of Samson 1 BVt the children of Israél continued to commit * wickednes in the sight of the Lord and the Lord deliuered thē into the hands of the Philistims fortie yere 2 Then there was a man in Zoráh of the familie of the Danites named Manôah whose wife was baren and bare not 3 And the Angel of the Lord appeared vnto the woman said vnto her Beholde now thou art baren and bearest not but thou shalt conceiue and be are a sonne 4 And nowe therefore beware * that thou drinke no wine nor strong drinke nether eat anie vncleane thing 5 For lo thou shalt conceiue and beare a sonne no rasor shal * come on his head for the child shal be a Nazarite vnto God from his birth and he shal begin to saue Israél out of the hands of the Philistims 6 ¶ Then the wife came and wold her housband saying A man of God came vnto me and the facion of him was like the facion of the Angel of God exceding fearful but I asked him not whence he was nether tolde he me his name 7 But he said vnto me Behold thou shalt cōceiue beare a sonne and now thou shalt drinke no wine nor strong drinke nether eat anie vnclean e thing for the childe shal be a Nazarite to GOD from his byrth to the day of his death 8 Then Manóah prayed to the Lorde and said I praye thee my Lorde let the man of God whome thou sentest come agayne now vnto vs and teach vs what we shall do vnto the childe when he is borne 9 And God heard the voyce of Manōah and the Angell of God came againe vnto the wife as she sate in the fielde but Manôah her housband was not with her 10 ¶ And the wife made haste and ranne and shewed her housband and said vnto hym Beholde the man hath appeared vnto me that came vnto me to day 11 And Manôah arose went after his wife and came to the man and said vnto hym Arte thou the man that spakest vnto the woman and he said Yea. 12 Then Manôah said Now let thy saying come to passe but how shall we ordre the childe and do vnto him 13 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto Manòah The woman must be ware of all that I said vnto her 14 She may eat of nothing that cometh of the vinetre she shal not drink wine nor strong drinke nor eat anie vncleane thinge let her obserue all that I haue cōmanded her 15 Manóah then said vnto the Angell of the Lord I pray thee let vs reteine thee vntil we haue made ready a kid for thee 16 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto Manōah Thogh thou make me abydes I wyll not eat of thy bread and if thou wilt make a burnt offring offer it vnto the Lord for Manôah knewe not that it was an Angell of the Lord. 17 Againe Manôah said vnto the Aungell of the Lord. What is thy name that when thy saying is come to passe we may honor thee 18 And the Angel of the Lord said vnto him Why ask est thou thus after my name whiche is secret 19 Then Manôah toke a kid with a meat offring and offred it vpon a stone vnto the Lord and the Angell did wonderously whiles Manóah and his wife lokedon 20 For when the flame came vp toward heauen from the altar the Angel of the Lord ascended vp in the flame of the altar and Manóah and his wife beheld it and fell on their faces vnto the ground 21 So the Angel of the Lord did no more appeare vnto Manóah and hys wife Then Manôah knewe that it was an Angell of the Lord. 22 And Manòah said vnto his wife * We shal surely dye because we haue sene God 23 But his wife said vnto him If the LORD wolde kill vs he wolde not haue receyued a burnt offring and a meat offring of our hands nether wolde he haue shewed vs all these things nor wolde now haue tolde vs anie suche 24 ¶ And the wife bare a sonne and called his name Samsón and the childe grewe the Lorde blessed him 25 And the Spirit of the Lord began to strēgthen him in the hoste of Dan betwene Zoráh and Eshtaól CHAP. XIIII 2 Samsón desireth to haue a wife of the Philistims 6 He killeth alyon 12 He propoundeth a riddle 19 He kylleth thirtie 20 His wife sorsaketh him and taketh another 1 NOw Samsón went downe to Timnáth and sawe a woman in Timnáth of the daughters of the Philistims 2 And he came vp and tolde his father and his mother and said I haue sene a woman in Timnáth of the daughters of the Philistims now therefore giue me her to wife 3 Then his father and his mother said vnto him Is there neuer a wife amonge the daughters of thy brethren and among all my people that thou muste go to take a wife of the vncircumcised Philistims And Samson said vnto his father Giue me her for she pleaseth me wel 4 But his father and his mother knewe not that it came of the Lord that he shuld seke an occasion agaynste the Philistims for at that time the Philistims reygned ouer Israél 5 ¶ Then went Samsón and his father hys mother downe to Timnáth and came to the vineyardes at Timnáth and be holde a yong lyon roared vpon him 6 And the Spirit of the Lord came vppon him and he tare him as one shuld haue rent a kid and had nothing in his hand nether
11 But Amaziah wolde not heare therfore Iehoash King of Israél went vp ād he ād Amaziah King of Iudah sawe one another in the face at Beth-shemesh which is in Iudah 12 And Iudah was put to the worse before Israél ād they fled euery man to their tentes 13 But Iehoash Kyng of Israél toke Amaziah King of Iudah the sonne of Iehoash the son ne of Ahaziah at Beth-shemesh and came to Ierusalém and brake downe the wall of Ierusalém from the gate of Ephraim to the coner gate foure hundreth cubites 14 And he toke all the golde and siluer and all the vessels that were founde in the house of the Lorde and in the treasures of the Kings house and the children that were in hostage and returned to Samaria 15 Concerning the rest of the actes of Iehoash which he did and his valiant dedes and how he soght with Amaziah Kynge of Iudah are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 16 And Iehoash slepte with hys fathers and was buryed at Samaria among the Kyngs of Israél and Ieroboám hys sonne reigned in his steade 17 ¶ And Amaziah the sonne of Ioash King of Iudah liued after the death of Iehoash sonne of Iehoahaz King of Israél fiftene yere 18 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Amaziah are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudah 19 But they wroght treason against him in Ieru salém and he fled to Lachish but they sent after him to Lachish and slewe him there 20 And they broght hym on horses and he was buryed at Ierusalém with his fathers in the citie of Dauid 21 Then al the people of Iudah toke Azariah which was sixtene yere olde and made hym King for his father Amaziah 22 He buylt Elath and restored it to Iudah after that the King slept with his fathers 23 ¶ In the fiftenth yere of Amaziah the sonne of Ioash Kyng of Iudah was Ieroboam the sonne of Ioash made Kyng ouer Israél in Samaria and reigned one and fourtie yere 24 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde for he departed not from all the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat which made Israél to sinne 25 He restored the coast of Israél from the entring of Hamach vnto the Sea of the wilder nes according to the word of the Lord God of Israél which he spake by his seruant Ionáh the sōne of Amittái the Prophet which was of Gath Héphet 26 For the Lord sawe the exceding bitter affliction of Israél so that there was none shut vp nor any left nether yet any that colde helpe Israél 27 Yet the Lord had not decreed to put out the name of Israél from vnder the heauen therefore he preserued them by the hand of Ieroboám the sonne of Ioásh 28 Concerning the rest of the actes of Ieroboā and all that he did and his valiant dedes how he foght and how he restored Damascus and Hamáth to Iudáh in Israél are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 29 So Ieroboám slept with his fathers euen with the King of Israél and Zachariáh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XV. 1 Azariáh the King of Iudáh be commeth a leper 3 Of Iotham 10 Shallúm 14 Menahém 23 Pekahiáb 30 Vzziáh 31 Iotham 38 And Aház 1 IN the seuē and twentieth yere of Ieroboā King of Israél began Azariáh sonne of Amaziáh King of Iudáh to reigne 2 Sixtene yere olde was he when he was made King and he reigned two and fiftie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iecholiáh of Ierusalém 3 And he did vprightly in the sight of the Lord according to all that his father Amaziáh did 4 But the hie places were not put away for the people yet offred and burned incense in the hie places 5 And the Lord smote the King and he was a leper vnto the day of his death and dwelt in an house aparte Iothám the Kings sonne gouerned the house and iudged the peoof the land 6 Concerning the rest of the actes of Azariáh and all that he did are they not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudáh 7 So Azariáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him with his fathers in the citie of Dauid and Iothám his sonne reigned in his steade 8 ¶ In the eight and thirtieth yere of Azariáh King of Iudáh did Zachariáh the sonne of Ieroboám reigne ouer Israél in Samaria six monethes 9 And did euil in the sight of the Lord as did his fathers for he departed 〈◊〉 from the sin nes of Ieroboám the sōne of Nebát which made Israél to sinne 10 And Shallúm the sonne of Iabésh conspired against him and smote him in the sight of the people and killed him and reigned in his steade 11 Concerning the rest of the actes of Zachariáh beholde thei are written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 12 This was the * worde of the Lord which he spake vnto Iehú saying Thy sonnes shal sit on the throne of Israél vnto the forte generacion after thee And it came so to passe 13 ¶ Shallúm the sonne of Iabésh began to reigne in the nine and thirtieth yere of Vzziáh King of Iudáh and he reigned the space of a moneth in Samaria 14 For Menahém the sonne of Gadi went vp from Tirzáh and came to Samaria smote Shallum the sonne of Iabēshin Samaria and slew him and reigned in his stead 15 Concerning the rest of the actes of Shallúm and the treason which he wroght beholde they are writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 16 ¶ Then Menahém destroyed Tiphsáh and all that were therein and the coasts thereof frō Tirzáh because they opened not to him and he smote it and ript vp all their women with childe 17 The nine thirtieth yere of Azariáh King of Iudáh begā Menahém the sonne of Gadi to reigne ouer Israél and reigned ten yeres in Samaria 18 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord and departed not all his dayes from the sinne of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made Israél to sinne 19 ¶ Thē Phul the King of 〈◊〉 came against the land and Menahém gaue Phul a thousand talents of 〈◊〉 that his hand might be with him and establish the kingdome in his hand 20 And Menahém exacted the money in Israél that all men of substāce shulde giue the King of 〈◊〉 fifty shek els of siluer a piece so the King of Asshúr returned and taried not therein the land 21 Concerning the rest of the actes of Menahém and all that he did are they not written in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Israél 22 And Menahém slept with his fathers and Pekahiáh his sonne did reigne in his stead 23 ¶ In the fiftieth yere of Azariáh
men to go forthe to the warre and to hādle spea re and shield 6 He hyred also an hundreth thousand valiant men out of Israél for an hundreth talents of siluer 7 But a man of God came to him saying O King let not the armie of Israél go with thee for the Lord is not with Israél nether with all the house of Ephráim 8 If not go thou on do it make thy selfe strōg to the battel but God shal make thee fall before the enemie for God hathe power to helpe and to cast downe 9 And Amaziáh said to the man of God What shal we do then for the hundreth talents which I haue giuen to the hoste of Israél Then the man of God answered The Lord is able to giue thee more then this 10 So Amaziáh separated thē to wit the armie that was come to him out of Ephráim to returne to their place wherefore their wrath was kindled greatly against Iudáh and they returned to their places with great angre 11 Then Amaziáh was encouraged and led forthe his people and went to the salt valley and smote of the children of Seir ten thousand 12 And other ten thousand did the children of Iudáh take aliue and caryed them to the toppe of a rocke and cast thē downe from the toppe of the rocke and they all burst to pieces 13 But the men of the armie which Amaziáh sent away that they shulde not go with his people to battel fell vpon the cities of Iudáh from Samaria vnto Bethhorón and smo te thre thousand of them and toke muche spoyle 14 Now after that Amaziáh was come frō the slaughter of the Edomites he broght the gods of the children of Seir and set them vp to be his gods and worshiped them and burned incense vnto them 15 Wherefore the Lord was wroth with Amaziáh and sent vnto him a Prophet which said vnto him Why hast thou soght the gods of the people which where not able to deliuer their owne people out of thine hand 16 And as he talked with him he said vnto him Haue thei made thee the Kings counseler cease thou why shulde they smite thee And the Prophet ceased but said I knowe that God hathe determined to destroye thee because thou hast done this and hast not obeyed my counsel 17 ¶ Then Amaziáh King of Iudáh toke coun sel and sent to Ioásh the sonne of Iehoaház the sonne of Iehú King of Israél saying Come let vs se one another in the face 18 But Ioásh King of Israél sent to Amaziáh King of Iudáh saying The thistle that is in Lebanōn sent to the cedre that is in Lebanō saying * Giue thy daughter to my sonne to wife and the wilde beast that was in Lebanón went and trode downe the thistle 19 Thou thinkest lo thou hast smiten Edóm and thine heart lifteth thee vp to bragge abide now at home why doest thou prouoke to thine hurt that thou shuldest fall and Iudáh with thee 20 But Amaziáh wolde not heare for it was of God that he might deliuer them into his hand because they had soght the gods of Edóm 21 So Ioásh the King of Israél went vp and he and Amaziáh King of Iudáh sawe one another in the face at Bethshémesh which is in Iudáh 22 And Iudáh was put to the worse before Israél and they fled euerie man to histents 23 But Ioásh the King of Israél toke Amaziáh King of Iudáh the sonne of Ioásh the sonne of Iehoaház in Bethshémesh ād broght him to Ierusalém and brake downe the wall of le rusalém from the gate of Ephraim vnto the corner gate foure hundreth cubites 24 And he toke all the golde and the siluer and all the vessels that were founde in the house of God with Obéd Edóm and in the treasures of the Kings house and the children that were in hostage and returned to Samaria 25 ¶ And Amaziáh the sonne of Ioásh King of Iudáh liued after the death of Ioásh sonne of Iehoaház King of Israél fiftene yere 26 Cōcerning the rest of the actes of Amaziáh first and last are they not writen in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 27 Now after the time that Amaziáh did turne away from the Lord * they wroght treason against him in Ierusalém and when he was fled to Lachish thei sent to Lachish after him and slewe him there 28 And thei broght him vpon horses and buryed him with his fathers in the citie of Iudáh CHAP. XXVI 1. 5 Vzziáh obeying the Lord prospereth in his enterprises 16 He waxeth proude and vsurpeth the Priests office 19 The Lord plagueth him 20 The Priests driue him out of the Temple and exclude him out of the Lords house 23. His buryal and his successour 1 THē * al the people of Iudáh toke Vzziáh which was sixtene yere olde made him King in the stead of his father Amaziáh 2 He buylt Elóth and restored it to Iudah after that the King slept with his fathers 3 * Sixtene yere olde was Vzziah when he began to reygne and he reygned two and fiftie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iecoliah of Ierusalém 4 And he dyd vpryghtlye in the sight of the Lord accordyng to all that hys father Amaziah did 5 And he soght God in the dayes of Zechariah whiche vnderstode the visions of God and when as he soght the Lord God made him to prosper 6 For he went forthe and foght against the Phi listims and brake downe the wall of Gath and the wall of Iabnéh and the wall of Ashdóh and buylt cities in Ashdód and among the Philistims 7 And God helped him against the Philistims and against the Arabians that dwelt in Gurbáal and Hammeunim 8 And the Ammonites gaue giftes to Vzziáh his name spred to the entring in of Egypt for he did moste valiantly 9 Moreouer Vzziáh buylt to wres in Ierusalém at the corner gate and at the valley gate and at the * turning and made them strong 10 And he buylt towres in the wildernes and digged many cisternes for he had muche cattel bothe in the valle is and plaines plowmen 〈◊〉 dressers of vines in the mountaines and in Carmél for he loued housban drie 11 Vzziáh had also an hoste of fighting mē that went out to warre by bandes according to the counte of their nomber vnder the hand of Ieiél the scribe and Maaseiáh the ruler vnder the hand of Hananiáh one of the Kings captaines 12 The whole nomber of the chief of the families of the valiātmen were two thousand and six hundreth 13 And vnder their hand was the armie for warre thre hundreth and seuen thousand fiue hundreth that foght valiantly to helpe the King against the enemie 14 And Vzziáh prepared them through out all the hoste shields and speares and helmets and brigandines and bowes and stones
pronounced against them thus might we procure greate euill against our soules 20 And there was also a mā that prophecied in the Name of the Lord one 〈◊〉 the sonne of Shemaiáh of Kiriáth iarem who prophecied against this citie and agaynste this land according ' to all the wordes of Ieremiáh 21 Now when Iehoiakim the King with all his men of power and all the princes heard his wordes the King soght to slaie hym But when Vriiáh heard it he was afraied fled and went into Egypt 22 Then Iehoiakim the King sent men into Egypt euen Elnathán the sonne of Achbór and certeine with him into Egypt 23 And thei fet Vriiáh out of Egypt broght him vnto Iehoiakim the King who slewe him with the sworde and cast hys dead bodie into the graues of the childrē of the people 24 But the hand of Ahikám the sonne of Shaphán was with Ieremiáh that thei shuld not giue him in to the hand of the people to put him to death CHAP. XXVII 1 Ieremiáh at the commandement of the Lord sendeth bondes to the King of 〈◊〉 and to the other Kings that were nere whereby thei are monished to be subiectes vnto Nebuchad-nezzār 9 He warneth the people and the Kings and rulers that thei beleue not false Prophetes 1 IN the beginning of the reigne of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudah came this worde vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord saying 2 Thus saith the LORD to me Make thee bondes and yokes and put them vppon thy necke 3 And send them to the King of Edóm and to the King of Moáb to the King of the Ammonites and to the King of Tyrus and to the King of Zidón by the hande of the messengers which come to Ierusalém vnto Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh 4 And commāde them to say vnto their masters Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Thus shall ye say vnto your masters 5 I haue made the earth the man and the beast that are vpō the ground by my great power by my out stretched arme haue giuen it vnto whome it pleased me 6 But now I haue giuen all these lands into the hand of Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél my seruant and the beastes of the field haue I also giuen him to serue him 7 And all nations shall serue hym and hys sonne and his sonnes sonne vntill the verie time of his land come also then manye nations and great Kings shall serue them selues of him 8 And the nation and kingdome which will not serue the same Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél and that will not put their necke vnder the yoke of the King of Babél the same nation wil I visite saith the Lord with the sworde and with the famine and with the pestilence vntill I haue wholy giuen them into his hands 9 Therefore heare not your Prophetes nor your south saiers nor your dreamers nor your inchāters nor your sorcerers which saie vnto you thus Ye shall not serue the King of Babél 10 For thei prophecie a lie vnto you to cause you to go farre from your lande and that I shulde cast you out and you shulde perish 11 But the nation that put their neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél and ser ue him those wil I let remaine still in theyr owne land saith the Lord and thei shal occupie it and dwell therein 12 ¶ I spake also to Zedekiáh King of Iudáh according to all these wordes saying Put your neckes vnder the yoke of the King of Babél and serue him and his people that ye may liue 13 Why wil ye dye thou and thy people by the sworde by the famine by the pestilēce as the Lord hath spoken against the nation that wil not serue the King of Babél 14 Therefore heare not the wordes of the Prophetes that speake vnto you saying Ye shal not serue the King of Babél for thei prophecie a lie vnto you 15 For I haue not * sent them saith the Lord yet they prophecie a lie in my Name that I might cast you out that ye might perish bothe you and the Prophetes that prophecie vnto you 16 ¶ Also I spake to the Priestes to all this people saying Thus saith the Lord Heare not the wordes of your Prophetes that pro phecie vnto you saying Beholde * the ves sels of the House of the Lord shall now shortely be broght agayne from Babél for they prophecie a lie vnto you 17 Heare them not but serue the King of Babél that ye maye liue wherefore shulde this citie be desolate 18 But if they be Prophetes and if the word of the Lord be with thē let them in treat the Lord of hostes that the vessels whiche are left in the House of the Lord and in the house of the King of Iudáh and at Ierusalém go not to Babél 19 For thus saith the Lord of hostes concerning the * pillers and concerning the sea and concerning the bases and cōcerning the residue of the vessels that remayne in this citie 20 Which Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél toke not when he caryed * away captiue Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoiakim King of Iudáh from Ierusalém to Bábél with all the nobles of Iudáh and Ierusalém 31 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél cōcerning the vessels that remaine in the House of the Lord in the house of the King of Iudáh and at Ierusalém 22 They shal be broght to Babél and there thei shal be vntil the day that I visite thē saith the Lord then wil I bring them vp restore them vnto this place CHAP. XXVIII 1 The false prophecie of Hananiah 12 Ieremiah reproueth Hananiah and prophecieth 1 ANd that same yere in the beginning of the reigne of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh in the fourth yere and in the fift mo neth Hananiáh the sonne of Azúr the Prophet whiche was of Gibeón spake to me in the House of the Lord in the presence of the Priests and of all the people and said 2 Thus speaketh the Lord of hostes the God of Israél saying I haue broken the yoke of the King of Babél 3 Within two yeres space I will bring into this place all the vessels of the Lords house that Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél toke awaye from this place and caried the minto Babél 4 And I will bring againe to this place Ieconiáh the sonne of Iehoia kim King of Iudáh with all them that were caryed awaye captiue of Iudáh and went into Babél saith the Lord for I will breake the yoke of the King of Babél 5 Then the Prophet Ieremiáh said vnto the Prophet Hananiáh in the presence of the Priests and in the presence of all the people that stode in the House of the Lord. 6 Euen the Prophet Ieremiáh said So be it the Lord so do the Lord confirme thy wordes which thou hast prophecied
the Lord God of hostes the Lord is him self his memorial 6 Therefore turne thou to thy God kepe mer cie and iudgement and hope stil in thy God 7 He is Canáan the balances of deceit are in his hand he loueth to oppresse 8 And Ephráim said Notwithstanding I am riche I haue founde me out riches in all my labours they shal finde none iniquitie in me that were wickednes 9 Thogh I am the Lord thy God from the lād of Egypt yet wil I make thee to dwell in the tabernacles as in the dayes of the solemne feast 10 I haue also spoken by the Prophetes and I haue multiplied visions and vsed similitudes by the ministerie of the Prophetes 11 Is there iniquitie in Gileád surely thei are vanitie they sacrifice bullockes in Gilgál their altars are as heapes in the furrowes of the field 12 And Iaakób fled into the countrey of Arā and Israél serued for a wife and for a wife he kept shepe 13 And by a Prophet the Lord broght Israél out of Egypt and by a Prophet was he reserued 14 But Ephráim prouoked him with hie places therefore shal his blood be powred vpō him and his reproche shal his Lord rewar de him CHAP. XIII 1 The abomination of Israél 9 And cause of their destruction 1 WHen Ephráim spake there was trēbling he exalted him self in Israél but he hat he sinned in Báal and is dead 2 And now they sinne more and more and haue made them molten images of their siluer and idoles according to their owne vnderstanding they were all the worke of the craftesmen they say one to another whiles thei sacrifice a man Let them kisse the calues 3 Therefore they shal be as the morning clou de as the morning dewe that passeth away as the 〈◊〉 that is driuē with a whirle win de out of the floore and as the smoke that goeth out of the chimney 4 Yet I am the Lord thy God from the land of Egypt and thou shalt know no God but me for there is no Sauiour beside me 5 I did knowe thee in the wildernes in the land of drought 6 As in their pastures so were thei filled they were filled and their heart was exalted therefore haue they forgotten me 7 And I wil be vnto them as a verie lyon as a leopardie in the waye of Asshúr 8 I wil mete thē as a beare that is robbed of her whelpes and I wil breake the calfe of their heart and there wil I deuoure them like a lion the wilde beast shal teare them 9 O Israél one hathe destroyed thee but in me is thine helpe 10 I am where is thy King that shulde helpe thee in all thy cities thy iudges of whom thou saidest Giue me a King and princes 11 I gaue thee a King in mine angre and I toke him away in my wrath 12 The iniquitie of Ephráim is bounde vp his sinne is hid 13 The sorowes of a trauailing woman shal co me vpon him he is an vnwise sonne els wol de he not stand stil at the time euen at the breaking forthe of the children 14 I wil redeme them from the power of the graue I wil deliuer them frō death ô death I wil be thy death ô graue I wil be thy destruction repentance is hid frō mine eyes 15 Thogh he grewe vp among his brethren an East winde shal come euē the winde of the Lord shal come vp from the wildernes and drye vp his veine and his fountaine shal be dryed vp he shal spoyle the treasure of all pleasant vessels 16 Samaria shal be desolate for she hathe rebel led against her GOD they shall fall by the sword their infants shal be dashed in pieces and their women with childe shal be ript CHAP. XIIII 1 The destruction of Sama 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 He exhorteth Israél to tur ne to God who requireth praise and thankes 1 OIsraél returne vnto the Lord thy God for thou hast fallen by thine iniquitie 2 Take vnto you wordes turne to the Lord and say vnto him Take away all iniquitie and receiue vs graciously so wil we render the calues of our lippes 3 Asshúrshal not saue vs nether wil we ride vpon horses nether wil we say anie more to the workes of our hands Ye are our gods for in thee the fatherles findeth mercie 4 I wil heale their rebellion I wil loue them frely for mine anger is turned away frō him 5 I wil be as the dewe vnto Israél he shal grow as the lilie and fasten his rootes as the trees of Lebanōn 6 His branches shal spreade and his beautie shal be as the oliuetre and his smel as Lebanōn 7 They that dwell vnder his shadowe shal re turne they shal reuiue as the corne and florish as the vine the sent thereof shal be as the wine of Lebanón 8 Ephráim shal say What haue I to do aniemo re with idoles I haue heard him and loked vpō him I am like a grene fyrre tre vpon me is thy frute found 9 Who is wise and he shal vnderstand these things and prudent and he shal knowe thē for the wayes of the Lord are righteous the iuste shal walke in them but the wicked shal fall therein IOEL THE ARGVMENT THe Prophet Ioél first rebuketh them of Iudáh that being now punished with a great plague of famine remaine stil obstinat Secondly he threatneth greater plagues because they grewe daily to a more hardenes of heart and rebellion against God notwithstanding his punishments Thirdly he exhorteth them to repentance shewing that it muste be earnest and procede from the heart because they had grieuously offended God And so doing he promiseth that God wil be merci full and not forget his couenant that he made with their fathers 〈◊〉 wil send his Christ who shal gather the scattered shepe and restore them to life and libertie thogh they semed to be dead CHAP. I. 1 A prophecie against the Iewes 2 He exhorteth the peo ple to prayer and fasting for the miserie that was at hand 1 THe word of the Lord that came to Ioél the sonne of Pethuél 2 Heare ye this ô Elders and heark en ye all inhabitants of the land whether such a thing hathe bene in your dayes or yet in the dayes of your fathers 3 Tell you your children of it and let your chil dren shewe to their children and their children to another generacion 4 That which is left of the palmer worme ha the the grashopper eaten and the residue of the grashopper hathe the canker worme ea ten and the residue of the canker worme ha the the caterpiller eaten 5 Awake ye drunkardes and wepe houle all ye drinkers of wine because of the new wine for it shal be pulled from your mouth 6 Yea a nation cometh vpon my land migh tie
shoke at the noyce of the woman 27 And I loked and beholde the woman appeared vnto me nomore but there was a citie buylded and a place was shewed from the grounde and fundacion Then was I afrayed and cryed with a loude voyce and said 28 Where is Vrielthe Angel * which came to me at the first for he hathe caused me to co me into manie and depe consideracions and mine end is turned into corruption and my pray to rebuke 29 And as I was speaking these wordes beholde he came vnto me and loked vpon me 30 And lo I laye as one dead and mine vnderstanding was altered and he toke me by the right hand and comforted me and set me vpon my feete and said vnto me 31 What aileth thee and why is thine vnderstanding vexed and the vnderstanding of of thine heart and wherefore art thousorie 32 And I said Because thou hast forsaken me and I haue done * according vnto thy wordes I went into the field and there haue I sene things and se that I am not able to expresse 33 Then said he vnto me Stand vp manly and I wil giue thee exhortacion 34 Then said I Speake vnto me my lord and forsake me not lest I dye through rashnes 35 For I haue sene that I knewe not and heare that I do not knowe 36 Or is minevnderstāding disceiued or doeth my minde being hautie erre 37 Now therefore I beseche thee that thou wilt shewe thy seruant of this wondre 38 Then he answered me and said Heare me and I wil informe thee and tel thee wherefore thou art afrayed for the moste High ha the reueiled manie secret things vnto thee 39 He hath sene thy good purpose that thou art sorie continually for thy people and ma kest great lamentacion for Sion 40 This therefore is the vnderstanding of the vision which appeared vnto thee a litle while ago 41 Thou sawest a woman mourning and thou begannest to comfort her 42 But now seest thou the lickenes of the woman no more but there appeared vnto thee a citie buylded 43 And where as she tolde thee of the death of her sonne this is the solution 44 This womā which thou sawest she is Sion where as she tolde thee euē she which thou seest now as a citie buylded 45 And as touching that she said vnto thee that she was baren thirtie yeres this was cōcerning that there was euen thirtie yeres wherein there was no offring offred in her 46 But after thirtie yeres Salomon buylt the citie and offred offrings thē bare the baren a sonne 47 And where as she tolde thee that she nourished him with labour that was the inhabiting of Ierusalém 48 But where as she tolde thee that her sonne as his chance was dyed when she came into her chamber that is the fall that is come to Ierusalém 49 And when thousawest her like one that mourned for her sonne thou begannest to cōfort her of these things which haue chan ced these are to be opened vnto thee 50 For now the moste High seeth that thou art sorie in thy mind and because thou suffrest with all thine heart for her he shewed thee the clerenes of her glorie and the faire nes of her beautie 51 And therefore I bad thee remaine in the field where no house was buylt 52 For I knewe that the moste High wolde shewe these things vnto thee 53 Therefore I commanded thee to go into the field where no fundacion nor buylding is 54 For the worke of mans buylding can not stand in that place where the citie of the mo ste High shulde be shewed 55 And therefore feare not nether let thine heart be afrayed but go in and se the beautie and greatnes of the buylding as muche as thou art able to se with thine eyes 56 Aud after this shalt thou heare as muche as thine eares may comprehende 57 For thou art blessed aboue manie and art called with the moste High among the few 58 But to morow at night thou shalt remaine here 59 And the moste High shal shewe thee visiōs of high things which the moste High will do vnto them that dwell vpō earth in the last dayes So I slept the same night and another as he had commanded me CHAP. XI 1 The visiō of an egle coming forthe of the sea and of her feathers 37 Of alyon coming out of the forest 1 THen saw I a dreame and beholde there came vp from the sea an egle whiche had twelue feathered wings thre heads 2 And I sawe beholde she spred her wings ouer all the earth and all the windes of the ayre blewe on her and gathered them selues 3 And I behelde out of her feathers grew out other contrarie feathers and they became litle feathers and smale 4 But her heads remayne still and the head in the middes was greater then the other heads yet rested it with them 5 Moreouer I sawe that the egle flewe with his feathers and reigned vpō earth ouer them that dwelt therein 6 And I sawe that all thinges vnder heauen were subiect vnto her and noman spake against her no not one creature vpō earth 7 I sawe also that the egle stode vp vpō her clawes and spake to her feathers saying 8 Watche not all together slepe euerie one in his owne place and watch by course 9 But let the heads be preserued for the last 10 Neuertheles I sawe that the voyce went not out of her heads but from the myddes of her bodie 11 Then I nombred her contrarie feathers and beholde there were eight of them 12 And I loked and behòlde vpon the ryght side there arose one feather and reygne ouer all the earth 13 And when it had reigned the end of it came the place therof appeared no more So the next stode vp and reigned it continued a long time 14 And when it had reigned the end of it came also and as the firste so it appeared no more 15 Then there came a voyce vnto it and said 16 Heare thou that hast kept the earthe so long this I say vnto thee before thou beginnest to appeare no more 17 There shal none after thee atteyne vnto thy time nether to the halfe thereof 18 Then arose the thirde and reygned as the other afore and it appeared no more also 19 So came it to all the others one after ano ther so that euerie one reigned and then appeared no more 20 Then I loked and beholde in processe of time the feathers that followed stode vp on the right side that they might rule also and some of them ruled but within a while they appeared no more 21 For some of thē were set vp but ruled not 22 After this I loked and beholde the twelue feathers appeared no more northe two wings 23 And there was no more vppon the egles bodie but two heades that rested and six wings 24 Then sawe I also that thou winges deuided them selues from the
God had ap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 oyed made the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 Chap. 7. 1. g Some read For 〈◊〉 an shal be in steade of the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 to come out in the siege against thee a This Lawe declareth 〈◊〉 hor rible a thing mur ther is 〈◊〉 that for one man a whole 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 punished except a remedy be founde “ Or rough b 〈◊〉 blood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a so 〈◊〉 place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the fact c This was the 〈◊〉 whiche the Priests made in the audience of the people d Signifying that her former life must be changed 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 be ioyned to the people of God e As hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and countrey f This onely was permitted in the 〈◊〉 otherwise the 〈◊〉 colde not mary strangers g This declareth that the 〈◊〉 of wiues 〈◊〉 of a corrupt affection “ Or while the sonne of the hated liueth h As muche as to 〈◊〉 of the others i Except he be vnworthy as was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k For it is the mothers 〈◊〉 also to instruct her children l Which death was also appoin ted for 〈◊〉 and idolaters so that to disobey the parents is moste horrible m For Gods Lawe by his death is satisfied and 〈◊〉 abhorreth 〈◊〉 Gal. 3. 13. Exod. 23. 4. a As thogh thou sawest it not b Shewing the brotherly affection must be shewed not one ly to them that dwel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto vs but also to them which are 〈◊〉 c Muche more art thou bounde to do for thy neighbours 〈◊〉 d For that were to 〈◊〉 ordre of nature to despite God e If God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 done to li I birdes 〈◊〉 muche more 〈◊〉 man made accor ding to his images f The 〈◊〉 of this 〈◊〉 to walke in simpli 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 of newe 〈◊〉 Nomb. 〈◊〉 38. g That is be 〈◊〉 occasion that she is standred h Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of her 〈◊〉 were i For the 〈◊〉 of the childe re doundeth to the shame of the parents therefore he was recompenced when she 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Leuit. 20. 10. Or defiled “ Or no sinne worthy death k Meaning that the innocent 〈◊〉 not be punished Exod. 22. 16. l He shal not lye with his step mo ther meaning he reby allother de grees forbidden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Ether to bears office or to 〈◊〉 a wife b This was to cause them to liue chastely that their 〈◊〉 might not be reiected Nomb. 22. 5. Nehem. 13. 〈◊〉 c Hereby he con demneth all that further nor the children of God in their vocation d Thou shalt ha ue nothing to do with them e If the fathers haue 〈◊〉 their idolatrie and receiued 〈◊〉 f For the 〈◊〉 of nature g Meaning hereby that his peo ple shulde be pu 〈◊〉 he in soule and body h This is ment of the 〈◊〉 then who fled for their masters 〈◊〉 and imbraced the 〈◊〉 religion 〈◊〉 gates i Forbidding he reby that anie gaine gotten of 〈◊〉 things shulde be applied to the 〈◊〉 of God Mic. 1. 7. Exod. 22. 25. Leu. 25. 36. k This was permitted for a time for the hardenes of their heart l If thou shewe thy charitie to thy 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 declare his loue toward thee m If the vowe be 〈◊〉 and godly n Being hiredfor to labour o To bring home to thine house 〈◊〉 12. 1. a Hereby God approueth not that light diuotcement but permitteth it to auoide further inconuenience Matth. 10. 7. b Seing that by dimitting her he iudged her to be vncleane and 〈◊〉 c That thei might learne to knowe one anothers cōditions so after warde liue in godly peace d Nor aniething whereby a man 〈◊〉 his liuing 〈◊〉 13. 2 Nomb. 12. 10. e As thogh thou woldest appoint what to haue but shalt receiue what he may 〈◊〉 f Thogh he 〈◊〉 de be vnthankeful yet God wil not forget it Leui. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tob. 4. 〈◊〉 2. King 4. 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 25. 4. 〈◊〉 31. 29. Ezech. 18. 20. g Because the world did least esteme these sortes of people the refore God hathe moste care ouer them Leu. 19. 9. 23. 22. “ Or gatherest thine oliues “ Or the grapes of thy vineyarde h God iudged then not mindeful of his benefite except they were beneficial vnto others a Whether 〈◊〉 be a plaintife or none the magistrates ought to trie out fautes punishe according to the crim b When 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 not death c The iewes of 〈◊〉 after ward toke one awaie 2. Cor. 11. 24. 2. Cor. 9 9. 1. Tim. 5. 18. Ruth 4. 3. Matt. 22. 24. Mar. 12. 19. 〈◊〉 20. 27. d Because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 worde signifieth not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Worlde 〈◊〉 signifieth a bro her is taken also for a kinseman it semeth that it is not 〈◊〉 that the naturall brother shuld ma 〈◊〉 his brothers wif but some other of the kinred that was in that degre which might mary e This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that god ly 〈◊〉 fastnes be preserued 〈◊〉 It is an horrible thing to se a wo man pasis hame †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and stone †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and ephah read Exod. 16. 36. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 f This was parte ly accōplished by Saul about 450. yeres afterward a By this ceremo mie they acknow ledge that they receiued the lād of Canáan as fre gift of God b To be called vpon seruer and worshipped spiritually Chap. 12. 5. c Meaning Iaakob who 〈◊〉 20 yeres in Sytia d Onely by 〈◊〉 mercie and not by their fathers desernings e Alledging the promises made to our fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakob f In token of a thankful heart and mindful of this 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 thai God giueth vs not goods for curselues onely but for their vses also which are 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 charge h without hypo crisie Chap. 14. 27. i Of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 k Or for 〈◊〉 cessitie l By putting thē to anie prophane vse m As farre as my sinneful nature wolde suffer for els as Dauid and Paul say where is not one iust Psal. 14. 4. Rom. 3. 10. n with a good and simple conscience Chap. 7. 6. 14. 2. o 〈◊〉 that there is a mutual bonde betwene God and his peo ple. Chap 4. 7. Chap. 7. 6. 〈◊〉 13. 11. a As Gods minister and charged with the same b God wolde that his Law shul de be set vp in the 〈◊〉 of the land of Caná an hat all that loked thereon might knowe that the landwas dedicate to his seruice Exod. 20. 25. Iosh 8. 31. c The altar shul de not be curiously wroght because it shulde 〈◊〉 we but for a time for God wolde haue but one altar in Iudáh d That euerie one may wel read it and vnder stand it e This condition God hathe boun de theevnto that if thou wilt be his people thou must kepe his Lawes f Meaning Ephráim and 〈◊〉 g Signifying that if they wolde not obey God for loue they shulde
to the prophecie of 〈◊〉 1. King 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p Meaning the 〈◊〉 whiche came after him and caused him to eat cōtrary to the cōmandemēt of the Lord whiche were both two buried in one graue r. King 13 31. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 1. 3 Esdr. 1 〈◊〉 Exod. 12 3. Deut. 16 2. q For the multitude and zoale of the people with the great prepara tion Leui 20 27. Deut 18 〈◊〉 r Because of the wicked hearts of the people which worde not turne vnto him by repentance 1 King 〈◊〉 23 〈◊〉 3 2. King 7 10. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 he passed through his comtrey he feared lest he wolde 〈◊〉 done him hame and there fore wolde haue 〈◊〉 him yet 〈◊〉 consulted not with the Lord and therefore 〈◊〉 slaine 〈◊〉 Chro. 36. 1. t Meaning the wicked Kings before u Which was An tiochia in Syria called also Hamáth “ Or that he shul de not 〈◊〉 a In the end of the third yere of his 〈◊〉 and in the beginning of the fourte Dan. 1. 1. Chap. 20. 17. 21. 27. b Thogh God vsed these wicked tyrants to execute his iuste iudgements yet they are not to be excused becau se thei proceded of ambicion and malice c Not that hewas buryed with hvs fathers but he dyedin the way as they led him prisoner 〈◊〉 Babylon read Ierem 〈◊〉 19. “ Or Euphrates Dan. 1. 1. d That is yelded him selfe vnto him by the counsel of 〈◊〉 e In the reigne of the Kynge of Babylon Chap. 20. 17. Isa. 39. 6. 2. Chro. 36. 10 Esther 2 6. 〈◊〉 37. 1. 〈◊〉 52. 1. f Out of Ierusalém and Iudah 〈◊〉 Babylon a 〈◊〉 is of zedekiah Iere 〈◊〉 30. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b VVhich 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cal 〈◊〉 and it 〈◊〉 part of December and parte of Ianuarie “ Or amount c In so muche that the 〈◊〉 did eat their 〈◊〉 Lament 4. 10. d VVhiche was a 〈◊〉 dore or some secret gate to issue our at e Or condemned him for his per iurie and treason 1. Chro. 36. 〈◊〉 f Ieremie 〈◊〉 Cha. 〈◊〉 12 the 〈◊〉 daye because the fyre continued f ō the seuenth daye to the tenth “ Or captaine of the garde g VVhile the 〈◊〉 geindured Chap. 20. 17. Iere. 27. 22. h Of these read Exod. 27. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King 7. 〈◊〉 Ierem 52. 21. 2. Chro 3. 15. i That is one appointed to succede in the hie Priestes row me if he were sicke or els otherwise letted k let emie maketh mencion of 〈◊〉 but here he speaketh of them 〈◊〉 were the chiefest Iere. 40. 5. 9. l That is he did exhorte them in the Name of the Lord accordynge to Ieremies counsel to submit thē selues to Nebuchadnezzar seing it Was the reueled will of the Lord. Iere. 41. 1. m Cōtrary to 〈◊〉 counsel lerem 40. 41 42. 43. n Thus long was he his wife hys children in Babylon whome 〈◊〉 sonne after hisfa ther 's death preferred to honour thusby Gods prouidēce of the sede of Dauid was 〈◊〉 euen vnto Christ. o Meaning that he had an 〈◊〉 in the court †Ebr. wordes of dayes “ Or of thynges omitted to Wit in the bokes of the Kings a Meanynge that Sheth was Adās sonne and Enos h Sheths sonne b It had bene sufficic̄t to haue named Shē of whome came Abrahā and Dauid but be cause the worlde was restored by these thre menciō is also made of Ham and Iapheth Gen. 10 2. “ Or Riphath “ Or Rodanim c VVho firste did lift vp him selfe aboue others Gen. 10 8. Gen. 10. 22. 11. 10. d Of whom came the Syrians and therefore thei are called Aramites throughout al the Scripture e Of him came the Ebrewes whiche were afterwarde called 〈◊〉 of Israél which was 〈◊〉 and Iewes of Iudah because of the excellencie of that tribe f He repeateth Shē againe because he wold come to the stock of 〈◊〉 g VVho came of Shem and of him Shélah Gen. 16. 11. 17. 〈◊〉 21. 2. Gen 25. 13. “ Or 〈◊〉 h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 25. 4. Gen. 21 2. i These 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mothers Read 〈◊〉 36. 4. “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 36 4. l He is also called 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mount 〈◊〉 Gene. 〈◊〉 20. m He maketh mēcion of the Kings that came of 〈◊〉 accordynge to Goddes 〈◊〉 made to Abrahā concerning hym that Kings shuld come of him These eight Kings reigned one after another in Idumeavnto the time of 〈◊〉 who cōquered their coun trey n VVhich was the principal 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 “ Or Pau. “ Or 〈◊〉 Gen. 29. 32. 30. 〈◊〉 35. 18. Gen. 38. 3. 46. 12. Chap. 4. 1. a Thogh Iudah was not I aakobs eldest sonne yet he first beginneth at him because he wold come to the genealogie of Dauid of whome came Christ. Gen. 38. 29. Mat. 1. 3. Ruth 4. 18. “ Or zabdi b Of these read 1. Kings 4. 31. “ Or Achan Ios h. 7. 1. c whome S. Mat. calleth Aram Mat. 1. 3. d That is chief of the familie “ Or Iesse 1 Sam. 16 19. 17 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 e VVho was called the sonne of Hezron vers 9. Exod 31. 2. f VVho was prince of mounte 〈◊〉 ad read Nomb. 〈◊〉 40. g That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the townes fromelairs children h Whiche was a towne named of the housband and wife called also Bethlehem Ephra tah i Meaning the chief and prince k who dyed whiles his father was alyue and therefore it is said ver 34. that Sheshan had no sonnes l That is the chief gouernor or prince of the ziphims because the prince ought to haue a father lie care and affection toward his people m This difference was betwene the wife and the concubine that the wife was taken with certeine solemnities of mariage and her chil dren did 〈◊〉 the concubine had no solemnities in mariage nether did her children inherit but had a porcion of goods or money giuen them Iosh. 15. 17. “ Or he that sawe the halfe because the prince ought to ouerse 〈◊〉 subiectes n Meaning the chief principal “ Or the zorites the halfe of the Manahthites o whiche were men learned and expert in the law p Read Nomb. 10 29. Iudg. 1. 16. a He returneth to the genealogie of Dauid to shewe that Christ came of his stocke b which 2. Sam. 3. 3. is called Cheleab borne of her that was 〈◊〉 wife the Carinelite c Onely Salomon was Dauids natu ral sonne the other thre were Vriahs whome Dauid made hys by adoption he that was begotten in adultetie dyed the eight daye is not rekenedamōg Dauids sonnes d Called also Bath shéba the daughter of Eliā so thei gaue them diuerse names e Elishama or Elis hua 2. Sam. 5. 15. Eliphélet dyed and Dauidnamed those sonnes whi che were next bor ne by the same names in the boke of Kings
thou art but dead because of the womā which thou hast taken for she is a mans wife 4 Notwithstanding Abimélech had not yet come nere her And he said Lord wilt thou slaie euen the righteous nacion 5 Said not he vnto me She is my sister yea and she her selfe said He is my brother with an vpright minde and innocent hands haue I done this 6 And God said vnto him by a dreame I knowe that thou did est this euē with an vpright minde and I kept thee also that thou shuldest not sinne against me therfore suffred I thee not to touche her 7 Now then deliuer the man his wife againe for he is a Prophet and he shal praye for thee that thou mayestliue butif thou deliuer her not againe be sure that thou shalt die the death thou and all that thou hast 8 Then Abimélech rising vp early in the morning called all his seruantes tolde all these thynges vnto them and the men were sore afraide 9 Afterward Abimélech called Abrahám and said vnto him What hast thou done vnto vs what haue I offended thee that thou hast broght on me and on my kingdome this great sinne thou hast done things vnto me that ought not to be done 10 So Abimélech said vnto Abrahám What sawest thou that thou hast done this thing 11 Then Abrahám answered Because I thoght thus Surely the feare of God is not in this place and they wil slay me for my wiues sake 12 Yet in very dede she is my sister for she is the daughter of my father but not the daugh ter of my mother and she is my wife 13 Now when God caused me to wandre out of my fathers house I said them to her This is thy kindenes that thou shalt shewe vnto me in all places where we come * Say thou of me He is my brother 14 Then toke Abimélech shepe and beues ād men seruantes and women seruantes and gaue them vnto Abrahám and restored him Saráh his wife 15 And Abimélech said Behold my land is before thee dwel where it pleaseth thee 16 Likewise to Sarâh he said Beholde I haue giuen thy brother a thousand peces of siluer beholde he is the vaile of thine eies to all that are with thee and to all others and she was thus reproued 17 ¶ Thē Abrahà m praied vnto God and God healed Abimélech and his wife his maid seruants and they bare children 18 For the Lord had shut vp euerie wombe of the house of Abimélech because of Saráh Abrahams wife CHAP. XXI 2 Izhak is borne 9 Ishmaél mocketh Izhik 14 Hagaris cast out with her sonne 17 The Angel comforteth Hagar 22 The couenant betwene Abimélech Abraham 1 NOw the Lord visited Saráh as he had said and did vnto her * according as he had promised 2 For * Saráh conceiued and bare Abrahám a sonne in his olde age at the same seasō that God tolde him 3 And Abrahám called his sonnes name that was borne vnto him which Saráh bare him Izhák 4 Then Abrahám circumcised Izhák his sonne when he was eight daies olde * as God had commanded him 5 So Abrahám was an hūdreth yere olde whē his sonne Izhák was borne vnto him 6 ¶ Then Saráh said God hathe made me to re ioyce all that heare wil reioyce with me 7 Againe she said Who wolde haue said to Abrahám that Saráh shulde haue giuen children sucke for I haue borne him a sonne in his olde age 8 Then the childe grewe and was weaned and Abrahám made a great feast the same day that Izhák was weaned 9 ¶ And Saráh sawe the sonne of Hagár the Egyptian which she had borne vnto Abraham mocking 10 Wherefore she said vnto Abrahám Cast out this bond woman and her sonne for the sonne of this bond womā shal not be heire with my sonne Izhák 11 And this thing was very grieuous in Abrahams sight because of his sonne 12 ¶ But God said vnto Abrahám Let it not be grieuous in thy sight for the childe and for thy bond woman in all that Saráh shal saie vnto thee heare her voyce for in Izhák shal thy sede be called 13 As for the sonne of the bond womā I wil ma ke him a naciō also because he is thy sede 14 So Abrahám arose vp early in the morning and toke bread and a bottel of water and gaue it vnto Hagár putting it on her shulder and the childe also and sent her away who departing wandred in the wildernes of Beer-shéba 15 And when the water of the bottelwas spent she cast the childe vnder a certeinetre 16 Then she went and sate her ouer against him a farre of about a bowe shote for she said I wil not se the death of the childe and she sate downe ouer against him and lift vp her voyce and wept 17 Then God heard the voyce of the childe and the Angel of God called to Hagár from heauen and said vnto her What aileth thee Hagár feare not for God hathe heard the voyce of the childe where he is 18 Arise take vp the childe and holde him in thine hand for I wil make of him a great people 19 And God opened her eies and she sawe a well of water so she went and filled the bottel with water and gaue the boye drinke 20 So God was with the childe and he grewe and dwelt in the wildernes and was an archer 21 And he dwelt in the wildernes of Parán and his mother toke him a wife out of the land of Egypt 22 ¶ And at that same time Abimélech and Phichôl his chief captaine spake vnto Abra hám saying God is with thee in all that thou doest 23 Now therefore sweare vnto me here by God that thou wilt not hurt me nor my children nor my childrens children thou shalt deale with me and with the countrie where thou hast bene a stranger according vnto the kindenes that I haue shewed thee 24 Then Abrahám said I wil sweare 25 And Abrahám rebuked Abimélech for a well of water which Abimelechs seruants had violently taken away 26 And Abimélech said I knowe not who hathe done this thing also thou toldest me not nether heard I of it but this daie 27 Then Abrahám toke shepe and beues and gaue them vnto Abimélech and they two made a couenant 28 And Abraham set seuen lambes of the flocke by themselues 29 Then Abimélech said vnto Abrahám What meane these seuen lambes which thou hast set by themselues 30 And he answered Because thou shalt receiue of mine hand these seuen lambes that it may be a witnes vnto me that I haue digged this well 31 Wherefore the place is called Beer-shéba because there thei bothe sware 32 Thus made they a couenant at Beershéba 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and Phichôl his chief captaine
shalt make thee no grauen image ne ther anie similitude of things that are in heauen aboue nether that are in the earth beneth nor that are in the waters vnder the earth 5 Thou shalt not bowe downe to them nether serue them for I am the Lord thy God a ielouse God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children vpon the third generacion and vpon the fourth of them that hate me 6 And shewing mercie vnto thousandes to them that loue me and kepe my commandements 7 * Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy GOD in vaine for the Lord wil not holde him giltles that taketh his Name in vaine 8 Remembre the Sabbath daie to kepe it holy 9 * Six daies shalt thou labour and do all thy worke 10 But the seuenth daie is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God in it thou shalt not do anie worke thou nor thy sōne nor thy daughter thy man seruant nor thy maid nor thy beast nor thy stranger that is within thy gates 11 * For in six daies the Lord made the heauen and the earth the sea and all that in them is and rested the seuenth daie therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath daie and hallowed it 12 ¶ * Honour thy father and thy mother that thy daies maie be prolonged vpon the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 13 * Thou shal not kil 14 Thou shalt not commit adulterie 15 Thou shal not steale 16 Thou shalt not beare false witnes against thy neighbour 17 * Thou shalt not couet thy neighbours house nether shalt thou couet thy neighbours wife nor his man seruāt nor hismaid nor his oxe nor his asse nether any thyng that is thy neighbours 18 ¶ And all the people sawe the thunders and the lightenings and the sound of the trumpet and the mountaine smokyng and when the people sawe it they fled and stode a farre of 19 And said vnto Mosés * Talke thou with vs and we wil heare but let not God talke with vs lest we dye 20 Then Mosés said vnto the people Feare not for God is come to proue you and that his feare may be before you that ye sin ne not 21 So the people stode a far of but Mosés drewe nere vnto darcknes where God was 22 ¶ And the Lorde said vnto Mosés Thus thou shalt say vnto the children of Israél Ye haue sene that I haue talked with you from heauen 23 Ye shal not make therefore with me gods of siluer nor gods of golde you shall make you none 24 * An altar of earth thou shalt make vnto me and thereon shalt offre thy burnt offrings thy * peace offrings thy shepe and thine oxen in all places where I shal put the remē brance of my Name I will come vnto thee and blesse thee 25 * But if thou wilt make me an altar of stone thou shalt not buylde it of hewen stones for if thou lift vp thy tole vpon thē thou hast polluted them 26 Nether shalt thou go vp by steppes vnto mine altar that thy filthines be not discoue red thereon CHAP. XXI Temporal and ciuile ordināce appointed by God touching seruitude murthers and wronges the obseruatiō wherof doeth not iustifie a man but are giuen to bridel our cor rupt nature which els wolde breake out into all mischief and crueltie 1 NOw these are the lawes whiche thou shalt set before them 2 * If thou bye an Ebrewe seruant he shal serue six yeres and in the seuenth he shal go out fre for nothing 3 If he came him selfe alone he shall go out him selfe alone if he were maried then his wife shal go out with him 4 If his master hathe giuen him a wife she hathe borne him sonnes or daughters the wife and her children shal be her masters but he shal go out him self alone 5 But if the seruant say thus I loue my master my wife and my children I will not go out fre 6 Then his master shall bryng hym vnto the Iudges and set him to the dore or to the poste and his master shall bore his eare through with a nawle and he shal serue him for euer 7 ¶ Likewise if a man sel his daughter to be a seruant she shal not go out as the men seruants do 8 If she please not her master who hathe betrothed her to him selfe them shall he cause to bye her he shal haue no power to sel her to a strange people seing he despised her 9 But if he hath betrothed her vnto his sonne he shal deale with her according to the custome of the daughters 10 If he take him another wife he shal not diminish her fode herrayment and recompence of her virginitie 11 And if he do not these thre vnto her then shall she go out fre paying no money 12 ¶ * He that smiteth a man and he dye shall dye the death 13 And if a mā hath not laied waite but God hathe offred him into his hand * then I wil appointe thee a place whither he shall flee 14 But if a man come presumpteously vppon his neighbour to slaye hym with guile thou shalt take him from mine altar that he may dye 15 ¶ Also he that smitteth his father or his mother shal dye the death 16 ¶ And he that stealeth a man and selleth him if it be founde with hym shall dyethe death 17 ¶ * And he that curseth his father or his mother shal dye the death 18 ¶ When men also striue together and one smite another with a stone or with the fist and he dye not but lieth in bed 19 If he rise againe and walke without vpon his staffe then shall he that smote hym go quite saue onely he shall beare his charges for his restyng and shall pay for hys healing 20 ¶ And if a man smite his seruāt or his mayd with a rod and he die vnder his hand he shal be surely punished 21 But if he continue a day or two dayes he shal not be punished for he is his money 22 ¶ Also if men striue and hurt a woman with childe so that her childe departe from her and deathe followe not he shall be surely punished accordyng as the womans housband shal appoint him or he shal pay as the Iudge determine 23 But if death followe then thou shalt paye life for life 24 * Eye for eye tothe for tothe hand for hand fote for fote 25 Burning for burning wonde for wonde stripe for stripe 26 ¶ And if a man smite his seruant in the eye or his maid in the eye and hathe perished it he shal let him go fre for his eye 27 Also if he smite
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
the Congregacion shal Aarôn dresse them bothe euē and morning before the Lord alwaies this shal be a law for euer through your generacions 4 He shal dresse the lampes vppon the* pure Candelsticke before the Lord perpetually 5 ¶ Also thou shalt take fine floure and bake tweleue* cackes thereof two tenth deales shal be in one cake 6 And thou shalt set thē in two rowes six in a rowe vpō the pure table before the Lord. 7 Thou shalt also put pure in cense vpon the rowes that in stede of the breade it may be for a remembrāce and an offring made by fire to the Lord. 8 Euerie Sabbath he shall put them in rowes before the Lord euermore receauing thē of the children of Israél for an euerlasting couenant 9 * And the bread shal be Aarōs and his sonnes and thei shal eat it in the holy place for it is most holy vnto him of the offrings of the Lord made by fire by a perpetual ordinance 10 ¶ And there went out among the children of Israél the sonne of an Israelitish woman whose father was an Egyptian this sonne of the Israelitish womā amā of Israél stroue together in the hoste 11 So the Israelitish womās sonne blasphemed the Name of the Lord and cursed they broght him vnto Mosés his mothers name also was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Dan. 12 And they* put him in warde till he tolde them the minde of the Lord. 13 Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 14 Bring the blasphemer with out the hoste and let all that heard him * put their hāds vpon his head and let al the Congregaciō stone him 15 And thou shalt speake vnto the children of Israél saying Whosoeuer curseth his God shal beare his sinne 16 And he that blasphemeth the name of the Lord shal be put to death all the Congregacion shallstone him to death as well the strāger as he that is borne in the land whē he blasphemeth the Name of the Lord let him be slaine 17 ¶ * He also that killeth anie man he shal be put to death 18 And he that killeth a beast he shal restore it beast for beast 19 Also if a man cause anie blemish in hys neighbour as he hathe done so shall it be done to him 20 * Breache for breache eie for eie to the for to the such a blemish as he hath made in anie suche shal be repaied to him 21 And he that killeth a beast shal restore it but he that killeth a man shal be slaine 22 Ye shal haue* one la we it shal be aswel for the stranger as for one borne in the countrey for I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ Then Mosés tolde the childrē of Israél and they broght the blasphemer out of the hoste and stond him with stones so the children of Israél did as the Lord had commanded Mosés CHAP. XXV 2 The Sabbath of the seuenth yere 8 The Iubile in the fiftieth yere 14 Not to oppresse their brethren 23 The sale and redeming of lands houses and persones 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in moūt Sin ai saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye shall come into the land which I giue you the* land shall kepe Sabbath vnto the Lord. 3 Six yeres thou shalt sowe thy field and six yeres thou shalt cut thy vineyarde and gather the frute thereof 4 But the seuenth yere shal be a Sabbath of rest vnto the land it shal be the Lords Sab bath thou shalt nether sowe thy field nor cutthy vineyarde 5 That which groweth of it owne accorde of thy haruest thou shalt not reape nether gather the grapes that thou haste lefte vnlaboured for it shal be a yere of reste vnto the land 6 And the rest of the land shal be meate for you euen for thee and for thy seruant for thy maid for thy hyred seruāt for the stranger that soiourneth with thee 7 And for thy cattel and for the beastes that are in thy land shall all the increase therof be meat 8 ¶ Also thou shalt nomber seuen Sabbaths of yeres vnto thee euen seuen times seuē yere the space of the seuen Sabbaths of yeres wil be vnto the nine fourty yere 9 Then thou shalt cause to blowe the trumpet of the Iubile in the tenth day of the seuenth moneth euen in the day of the recō ciliacion shal ye make the trumpet blowe throughout all your land 10 And ye shall halowe that yere euen the fiftieth yere and proclaime libertie in the land to all the inhabitants there of it shal be the Iubile vnto you and ye shal returne euerie man vnto his possession and euerie man shal returne vnto his familie 11 This fiftieth yere shal be a yere of Iubile vnto you ye shall not sowe nether reape that which groweth of it self nether gather the grapes therof that are left vnlaboured 12 For it is the Iubile it shall be holy vnto you ye shal eat of the increase thereof out of the field 13 In the yere of this Iubile ye shall returne euerie man vnto his possession 14 And when thou sellest ought to thy neigh bour or byest at thy neighbours hande ye shal not oppresse one another 15 But according to the nōber of yeres after the Iubile thou shalt bye of thy neighbour also according to the nōber of the yeres of the reuenues he shal sel vnto thee 16 According to the multitude of yeres thou shalt encrease the price therof and accordynge to the fewnes of yeres thou shalt abate the price of it for the nomber of frutes doeth he sel vnto thee 17 Oppresse not ye therefore anie man hys neighbour but thou shalt feare thy God for I am the Lord your God 18 ¶ Wherefore ye shal obey mine ordināces and kepe my Lawes and do them and ye shalwel in the land in saftie 19 And the land shal giue her frute ye shall eat your fil and dwel therein 〈◊〉 20 And if ye shal say What shal we eat the seuēth yere for we shal not sowe nor gather-in our increase 21 I wil send my blessings vppon you in the sixt yere and it shal bring forthe frute for thre yeres 22 And ye shalsowe the eight yere and eate of the old frute vntil the ninth yere vntil the frute therof come ye shal eat the olde 23 ¶ Also the lād shal not be sold to be cut of frō the familie for the land is mine ye be but strangers and soiourners with me 24 Therfore in al the land of your possession ye shal grante a redempciō for the land 25 ¶ If thy brother be impouerished and sel his possession thē his redemer shall come euen his nere kinsman and bye out
into the Congregacion of the Lord. 9 ¶ When thou goest out with the hoste against thine enemies kepe thee then from all wickednes 10 ¶ If there be among you anie that is vnclea ne by that which commeth to him by night he shal go out of the hoste and shal not entre into the hoste 11 But at euen he shal wash him selfe with water and when the sunne is downe he shal entre into the hoste 12 ¶ Thou shalt haue a place also without the hoste whether thou shalt resorte 13 And thou shalt haue a paddle among thy weapons and when thou woldest sit downe without thou shalt digthere with and returning thou shalt couer thine excrements 14 For the Lord thy God walketh in the middes of thy campe to deliuer thee and to giue thee thine enemies before thee therefore thine hoste shal be holy that he se no filthy thing in thee and turne away from thee 15 ¶ Thou shalt not deliuer the seruant vnto his master which is escaped from his master vnto thee 16 He shal dwel with thee euen among you in what place he shal chose in one of thy cities where it liketh him best thou shalt not vexe him 17 ¶ There shal be no whore of the daughters of Israél nether shal there be a whore keper of the sonnes of Israél 18 Thou shalt nether bring the hire of a who re nor the price of a dog into the house of the Lord thy God for anie vowe for euen bothe these are abominaciō vnto the Lord thy God 19 ¶ * Thou shalt not giue to vsurie to thy brother as vsurie of money vsurie of meat vsu rie of anie thing that is put to vsurie 20 Vnto a stranger thou maiest lend vpon vsurie but thou shalt not lend vpon vsurie vnto thy brother that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all that thou settest thine hand to in the land whether thou go est to possesse it 21 ¶ When thou shalt vowe 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord thy God thou shalt not be slacke to pay it for the Lord thy God wil surely require it of thee and so it shulde be sinne vnto thee 22 But when thou absteinest from vowing it shal be no sinne vnto thee 23 That which is gone out of thy lippes thou shalt kepe and performe as thou hast vowed it willingly vnto the Lord thy God for thou hast spoken it with thy mouth 24 ¶ When thou commest vnto thy neighbours vine yard then thou maiest eat grapes at thy pleasure as muche as thou wilt but thou shalt put none in thy vessel 25 When thou commest into thy neighbours corne * thou maiest plucke the eares with thine hand but thou shalt not moue a sickle to thy neighbours corne CHAP. XXIIII 1 Diuorcement is permitted 5 He that is newly maried is exempted from warre 6 Of the pledge 14 Wages must not be reteined 16 The good must not be punished for the bad 17 The care of the stranger fatherles and widowe 1 WHen a man taketh a wife and marieth her if so be she finde no fauour in his eyes because he hath espied some filthines in her then let him write her a bil of diuorcement and put it in her hand and send her out of his house 2 And when she is departed out of his house and gone her way and mary with an other man 3 And if the later housband hate her write her a letter of diuorcement put it in her hand sent her out of his house or if the later man dye which toke her to wife 4 Then her first housband whiche sent her away may not take her againe to be his wif after that she is defiled for that is abominacion in the sight of the Lord thou shalt not cause the land to sinne whiche the Lord thy God doeth giue thee to inherit 5 ¶ When a man taketh a newe wife he shall not go a warfare nether shal be charged with anie busines but shal be fre at home one yere and reioyce with his wife whiche he hathe taken 6 ¶ No man shall take the nether nor the vpper milstone to pledge for this gage is his liuyng 7 ¶ If anie man be found stealing anie of his brethren of the children of Israél and maketh marchādise of him or selleth him that these shall dye so shalt thou put euill away from among you 8 ¶ Take hede of the * plague of leprosie that thou obserue diligently and do accordyng to all that the Priests of the Leuites shall teache you take hedeye do as I commanded them 9 Remember what the Lord thy God did vnto * Myriám by the way after that ye were come out of Egypt 10 ¶ Whē thou shalt aske againe of thy neigh bour anie thing lent thou shalt no go into his house to fet his pledge 11 But thou shalt stand without and the man that borowed it of thee shal bring the pledge out of the dores vnto thee 12 Furthermore if it be a poore bodie thou shalt not slepe with his pledge 13 But shalt restore him the pledge when the sunne goeth downe that he may slepe in his rayment and blesse thee it shal be righteousnes vnto thee before the Lord thy God 14 ¶ Thou shalt not oppresse an hired seruant that is nedy and poore nether of thy brethren nor of the stranger that is in thy land within thy gates 15 * Thou shalt giue him his hire for his day ne ther shal the sunne go downe vpon it for he is poore and there with susteineth his life lest he crye against thee vnto the Lord and it be sinne vnto thee 16 ¶ * The fathers shal not be put to death for the children nor the children put to death for the fathers but euerie man shal be put to death for his owne sinne 17 ¶ Thou shalt not peruert the right of the stranger nor of the fatherles nor take a widowes raiment to pledge 18 But remember that thou wast a seruant in Egypt and how the Lord thy God deliuered thee thence therefore I commande thee to do this thing 19 ¶ * When thou cuttest downe thine haruest in thy field and hast forgotten a sheafe in the field thou shalt not go againe to fet it but it shal be for the stranger for the fatherles and for the widow that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in all the workes of thine hands 20 When thou beatest thine oliue tre thou shalt not go ouer the boughes againe but it shal be for the stranger for the fatherles for the widow 21 When thou gatherest thy vineyard thou shalt not gather the grapes cleane after thee but thei shal be for the stranger for the fatherles and for the widow 22 And remember that thou wast a seruant in the land of Egypt therefore I
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
hast forgotten the myghtie GOD that begate thee and haste forgotten God that formed thee 19 The Lord then sawe it and was angry for the prouocacion of his sonnes and of hys 〈◊〉 20 And he said I will hide my face from them I will se what their end shal be for they are a frowarde generacion children in whome is no fayth 21 They haue moued me to ielousie with hat which is not God they haue prouoked me to angre with theyr vanities * and I wyll moue them to ielousie with those whiche are no people I will prouoke them to angre with a 〈◊〉 nacion 22 For fire is kyndled in my wrath and shall burne vnto the bothome of hell and shall consume the earth with her increase and set on fire the fundacions of the mountaines 23 I will send plagues vppon them I will bestowe mine arrowes vpon them 24 They shal be burnt with hunger and consumed wyth heat and with bitter destruction I will also send the teeth of 〈◊〉 vpon them with the venime of serpents 〈◊〉 in the dust 25 The sworde shall kill them without and in the chambers feare bothe the 〈◊〉 man and the yong womā the suckeling with the man of graye heere 26 I haue said I wolde scatter them abroade I wolde make their remembrance to cease frō among men 27 Saue that I feared the furie of the enemie lest their aduersaires shulde waxe proude and lest they shulde saye Our hye hand and not the Lord hathe done all this 28 For they are a nacion voyde of counsel nether is there anie 〈◊〉 in them 29 Oh that they were wise then they wolde vnderstand this they wolde consider their later 〈◊〉 30 Howe shulde one chase a thousande and two putten thousand to flight except their strong God had solde them and the Lorde had shut them vp 31 For their God is not as our God euen our enemies being iudges 32 For their vine is of the vine of Sodom and of the vines of Gomoráh their grapes are grapes of gall their clusters be bitter 33 Their wine is the poyson of dragons and the cruel gall of aspes 34 Is not this laid in store with me and sealed vp among my treasures 35 * Vengeance and recopense are mine their fote shall slide in due time for the daye of their destruction is at hand and the thinges that shal come vpon them make haste 36 For the Lorde shall iudge his people and repent toward his seruantes when he seeth that their power is gone and none shut vp in holde nor 〈◊〉 abroad 37 When men shal say Where are their gods their myghtie God in whome their trusted 38 Whyche did eat the fat of their sacrifices and did drynke the wyne of theyr drynke offrynge 〈◊〉 hym ryse vp and helpe you let 〈◊〉 be your refuge 39 Beholde now for I I am he and there is no Gods 〈◊〉 me * I 〈◊〉 ād giue life I wounde and I make whole * nether is there anie that can deliuer out of mine hand 40 For I lift vp mine hand to heauen and say I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euer 41 If I whet my glitteryng sworde and myne hand take holde on iudgement I wil execute vengeance on mine enemies and wyll rewarde them that hate me 42 I wyll make mine arrowes dronke wyth blood and my worde shall eat flesh for the blood of the 〈◊〉 and of the captiues whē I beginne to take vengeance of the enemie 43 * Ye nations prayse hys people for he will auenge the blood of hys seruauntes and wyll execute vengeance vpon hys aduersaries and wil be merciful vnto his land and to his people 44 ¶ Then Mosés came and spake all the wordes of this song in the audience of the people he and Hoshéa the sunne of Nun. 45 When Mosés had made an end of speaking all these wordes to all Israél 46 Then he said vnto them * Set your hearts vnto all the wordes which I testifie agaynst you this daye that ye may commande them vnto your children that they may obserue and do all the wordes of this Lawe 47 For it is no vaine worde concerning you but it is your life and by this worde ye shall prolong your dayes in the land whether ye go ouer lordén to possesse it 48 * And the Lord spake vnto Mosés the selfe same day saying 49 Go vp into this mountaine of Abarim vnto the mount Nebó whiche is in the land of Moáb that is ouer agaynst Ierichô and beholde the land of Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél for a possession 50 And dye in the mount whyche thou goest vp vnto and thou shalte be * gathered vnto thy people * as Aarôn thy brother dyed in mounte Hor and was gathered vnto hys people 51 Because ye * trespassed agaynst me among the children of Israél at the waters of Meribáh at Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin for ye sanctified me not among the children of Israél 52 Thou shalt therfore se the land before thee but shalt not go thither I meane into the land which I giue the children of Israél CHAP. XXXIII 1 Mosés before his death blesseth all the tribes of Israél 26 There is no God like to the God of Israél 29 Nor anie people like vnto his 1 NOw this is the blessing where with Mosés the man of God blessed the children of Israél before his death and said 2 The LORD came from Sinái and rose vp from Seir vnto them and appeared clearely from mount Parán and he came with ten thousandes of Saintes and at hys ryght hand a firy Lawe for them 3 Thogh he loue the people yet all thy Saintes are in thine hands and they are hum bled at thy fete to receiue thy wordes 4 Mosés commanded vs a Lawe for an inheritance of the Congregacion of Iaakób 5 Thē he was among the righteous people as King when the heades of the people ād the tribes of Israél were assembled 6 ¶ Let Reubén liue and not dye thogh hys men be a small nomber 7 ¶ And thus he blessed Iudáh ād said Heare ô Lorde the voice of Iudáh and bryng hym vnto hys people hys handes shal be sufficient for hym if thou helpe hym against his ennemies 8 ¶ And of Leui he sayd Let thy * Thummim and thine Vrim be with thine holy one whō thou didest proue in Massáh and didest cause him to striue at the waters of Meribáh 9 Who sayd vnto hys father and to hys mother I haue not sene hym nether knewe he hys brethren 〈◊〉 knewe hys owne children for they obserued thy worde and kept thy couenant 10 They shall teache Iaakób thy iudgements and Israél thy Lawe they shall put in cens before thy face and the burnt offring vpon thine altar 11 Blesse ô Lorde hys substance and
of Israél had appointed a cer taine time with the embushments that they shulde make a great flame smoke rise vp out of the citie 39 And when the men of Israél retired in the battel Beniamin began to smite and kil of the men of Israél about thirtie persones for they said Surely they are strikē downe before vs as in the first battel 40 But when the flame began to arise out of the citie as a piller of smoke the Beniamites loked backe and beholde the flame of the citie began to ascende vp to heauen 41 Then the men of Israél turned againe the men of Beniamin were astonied for they saw that euil was nere vnto them 42 Therefore they fled before the men of Israél vnto the waye of the wildernes but the battell ouertoke them also they whiche came out of the cities slewe u among thē 43 Thus they compassed the Beniamites about and chased them at ease and ouerran them euen ouer agaynste Gibeah on the Eastside 44 And there were slaine of Beniamin eyghtene thousande men whiche were all men of warre 45 And they turned and fled to the wildernes vnto the rocke of Rimmón and the Israelites glained of them by the way fiue thousand men and pursued after them vnto Gidóm and slewe two thousand men of them 46 So that all that were slayne that daye of Beniamin were fiue and twentie thousand men that drewe sworde which were all men of warre 47 But six hundreth men turned and fled to the wyldernes vnto the rocke of Rimmón and abode in the rocke of Rimmón foure moneths 48 Then the men of Israél returned vnto the children of Beniamin and smote them with the edge of the sworde from the men of the citie vnto the beastes and all that came to hand also they set on fire all the cities that they colde come by CHAP. XXI 1 The Israelites sweare that they wil not mary their daughters to the 〈◊〉 10 They slay them of Iabésh Gilead and giue their virgines to the Beniamites 21 The Beniamites take the daughters of Shiloh 1 MOreouer the 〈◊〉 of Israél sware in Mizpéh saying None of vs shall giue hys daughters vnto the Beniamites to wife 2 And the people came vnto the house of God and abode there till euen before God and lift vp their voices and wept with great lamentacion 3 And said ô Lorde God of Israél why is thys come to passe in Israél that this day one tribe of Israél shulde want 4 ¶ And on the morowe the people rose vp and made there an altar and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings 5 Then the children of Israél sayd Who is he among all the tribes of Israél that came not vp with the Congregacion vnto the Lorde for they had made a great othe concernyng him that came not vp to the Lorde to Mizpéh saying Let hym dye the death 6 And the children of Israél were sorie for Beniamin their brother and said There is one tribe cut of from Israél this day 7 Howe shall we do for wiues to them that remaine seyng we haue sworne by the Lord that we wil not giue them of our daughters to wiues 8 Also they said Is there anie of the tribes of Israél that came not vp to Mizpéh to the Lorde and beholde there came none of Iabésh Gileád vnto the hoste and to the Con gregacion 9 For when the people were 〈◊〉 beholde none of the inhabitantes of labésh Gileád were there 10 Therefore the Congregacion sent thether twelue thousande men of the moste valiant and commanded them saying Go and smite the inhabitantes of 〈◊〉 Gilead with the edge of the sworde bothe women and children 11 * And this is it that ye shal do ye shall vtterly destroye all the males and all the women that haue lien by men 12 And they found among the inhabitants of Iabésh Giléad foure hundreth maydes virgins that had knowen no man by lying with anie male and they broght them vnto the host to Shilóh which is in the land of Canaā 13 ¶ Thē the whole Congregacion sent and spake wyth the chyldren of Beniamin that were in the rocke of Rimmón and called peaceably vnto them 14 And Beniamin came againe at that tyme ād they gaue them wiues whiche they had saued aliue of the women of Iabésh Gileád but they had not so ynough for them 15 And the people were sory for Beniamin because the Lorde had made a breache in the tribes of Israél 16 Therefore the Elders of the Congregacion sayd Howe shall we do for wines to the remnant for the women of Beniamin are destroyed 17 And they said There must be an inheritā ce for thē that be escaped of Beniamin that a tribe be not destroyed out of Israél 18 Howbeit we may not gyue them wiues of our daughters for the children of Israél had sworne saying Cursed be he that giueth a wife to Beniamin 19 Therefore they said Beholde there is a feast of the Lord euerie yere in Shilóh in a place whiche is on the Northside of Beth-él and on the Eastside of the waye that goeth vp from Beth-él to She chém and to the South of Lebonáh 20 Therefore they commanded the children of Beniamin saying Go and lye in waite in the vineyardes 21 And when ye se that the daughters of Shilóh come out to dance in dances then come ye out of the vineyardes and catche you euery man a wife of the daughters of Shiloh and go into the land of Beniamin 22 And when their fathers or their brethren come vnto vs to complaine we will say vnto them Haue pitie on them for our sakes because we reserued not to eche man hys wife in the warre and because ye haue not giuen vnto them hetherto ye haue sinned 23 And the children of Beniamin did so and toke wiues of them that danced accordyng to their nomber whyche they toke and went away and returned to their inheritance ād repaired the cities and dwelt in them 24 So the children of Israél departed thence at that tyme euery man to his tribe and to his familie and went out from thence euerie man to his inheritance 25 * In those dayes there was no King in Israél but euerie man did that whiche was good in his eyes THE BOKE OF RVTH THE ARGVMENT THis boke is intiteled after the name of Ruth whiche is the principall persone spoken of in this 〈◊〉 Wherein also figuratiuely is set forthe the state of the Churche whiche is subiect to manifolde afflictions and yet at length God giueth good and ioyfull yssue teachyng vs to abide with pacience till God deliuer vs out of troubles Herein also is described howe Iesus Christ who accordyng to the fleshe ought to come of Dauid proceded of Ruth of whome the Lorde Iesus did vouchesaue to come notwithstandyng she was a Moabite of base cōdicion a stranger
minde and I wil buylde him a sure house and he shall walke before mine Anointed for euer 36 And all that are left in thine house shall come and bowe downe to him for a piece of siluer and a morsel of bread and shall say Appoint me I pray thee to one of the Priests offices that I may eat a morsel of bread CHAP. III. 1 There was no manifest vision in the time of Eli. 4 The Lord calleth Samuél thre times 11 And sheweth what shal come vpon Eli and his house 18 The same declareth Samuél to Eli. 1 NOw the childe Samuél 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord hefore Eli and the worde of the Lord was precious in those dayes for there was no manifest vision 2 And at that time as Eli laye in his place his eyes begā to waxe dimme that he colde not se. 3 And yet the light of God went out Samuél slept in the temple of the Lord where the Arke of God was 4 Then the Lord called Samuél and he said Here I am 5 And he ran vnto Eli and said Here am I fôr thou calledst me But he said I called thee not go againe and slepe And he went and slept 6 And the Lord called once againe Samuél And Samuél arose and went to Eli and said I am here for thou didest call me And he answered I called the not my sonne go againe and slepe 7 Thus did Samuél before he knewe the Lord and before the worde of the Lord was reueiled vnto him 8 And the Lord called Samuél againe the third time and he arose and went to Eli and said I am here for thou hast called me Then Eli perceiued that the Lord had called the childe 9 Therefore Eli said vnto Samuél Go and slepe if he call thee then say Speake Lord for thy seruant heareth So Samuél went and slept in his place 10 ¶ And the Lord came stode and called as at other times Samuél Samuél Thē Samuél answered Speake for thy seruant heareth 11 ¶ Then the Lord said to Samuél Beholde I wil do a thing in Israél whereof whosoeuer shal heare his two eares shal tingle 12 In that day I wil raisevp against Eli al things which I haue spoken concerning his house when I begin I wil also make and end 13 And I haue tolde him that I wil iudge his house for euer for the iniquitie which he knoweth because his sonnes ran into a slander and he stayed them not 14 Now therefore I haue sworne vnto the hou se of Eli that the wickednes of Elis house shal not be purged with sacrifice nor offring for euer 15 Afterwarde Samuél slept vntil the morning and opened the doores of the house of the Lord and Samuél feared to shewe Eli the vision 16 ¶ Then Eli called Samuél and said Samuel my sonne And he answered Here I am 17 Then he said What is it that the Lord said vnto thee I pray thee hide it not from me God do so to thee and more also if thou hide anie thing from me of all that he said vnto thee 18 So Samuél tolde him euerie whit and hid no thing from him Then he said It is the Lord let him do what semeth him good 19 ¶ And Samuél grewe and the Lord was with him and let none of his wordes fall to the ground 20 And all Israél from Dan to Beershéba knewe that faithful Samuél was the Lords Prophet 21 And the Lord appeared againe in Shilôh for the Lord reueiled him selfe to Samuél in Shilôh by his worde CHAP. IIII. 1 Israél is ouercome by the Philistims 4 They do fet the Arke wherefore the Philistims do feare 10 The Arke of the Lord is taken 11 Eli and his children dye 19 The death of the wife of Phinehás the some of Eli. 1 ANd Samuél speake vnto all Israél and Israél went out against the Philistims to battel and pitched beside Ebén ézer and the Philistims pitched in Aphék 2 And the Philistims put them selues in array against Israél and when they ioyned the bat tel Israéll was smitten downe before the Philistims who slewe of the armie in the field about foure thousand men 3 So when the people were come into the campe the Elders of Israél said Wherefore hathe the Lorde smitten vs this day before the Philistims let vs bring the Arke of the couenant of the Lord out of Shilóh vnto vs that when it commeth among vs it may saue vs out of the hand of our enemies 4 Then the people sent to Shilóh and broght from thence the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord of hostes who dwelleth betwene the Cherubims and there were the two sonnes of Eli Hophni and Phinehás with the Arke of the couenant of God 5 And when the Arke of the couenant of the Lord came into the hoste al Israél showted a mighty showte so that the earth rāg againe 6 And when the Philistims heard the noise of the showte they said What meaneth the sounde of this mighty showte in the hoste of the Ebrewes they vnderstode that the Arke of the Lord was come into the hoste 7 And the Philistims were afraid said God is come into the hoste therefore said they wo vnto vs for it hath not bene so hertofore 8 Wo vnto vs who shall deliuer vs out of the hand of these mighty Gods these are the Gods that smote the Egyptians with all the plagues in the wildernes 9 Be strong and play the men ô Philistims that ye be no seruants vnto the Ebrewes * as thei haue serued you be valiant therefore and fight 10 And the Philistims fought and Israéll was smitten downe and fled euerie man into his tent there was an excedyng great slaughter for there fel of Israél thirtie thousand fotemen 11 And the Arke of God was taken the two sonnes of Eli Hophni and Phine hás dyed 12 And there ran a man of Beniamin out of the armie and came to Shiloh the same day with his clothes rent and eatth vppon his head 13 And when he came lo Eli 〈◊〉 vpon a seate by the way side waiting for his heart feared for the Arke of God and when the man came into the citie to tel it all the citie cryed out 14 And when Eli heard the noise of the crying he said What meaneth this noise of the tumult and the man came in hastely and tolde Eli. 15 Now Eli was fourescore and eightene yere olde and * his eyes were dimme that he colde not se. 16 And the man said vnto Eli I came from the armie and I fled this day out of the hoste he said What thing is done my sonne 17 Then the messenger answered and said Israél is fled before the Philistims and there hathe bene also a great slaughter among the people moreouer thy two sonnes Hophni and Phinehás are dead and the
Arke of God is taken 18 ¶ And when he had made mencion of the Arke of God Eli fel from his seate backwarde by the side of the gate and his necke was broken and he dyed for he was an olde man and heauye and he had iudged Israél fortie yeres 19 And his daughter in law Phinehás wife was with childe nere her trauel and when she heard the report that the Arke of God was taken and that her father in lawe and her housband were dead she bowed her selfe and traueled for her paines came vpon her 20 And about the time of her death the women that stode about her said vnto her Feare not for thou hast borne a sonne but she answered not nor regarded it 21 And she named the childe Ichabód saying The glorie is departed from Israél because the Arke of God was taken and because of her father in lawe and her housband 22 She said againe The glorie is departed frō Israél for the Arke of God is taken CHAP. V. 2 The Philistims 〈◊〉 the Arke into the house of Dagón which idole fel downe before it 6 The men of Ashdód are plagued 8 The Arke is caryed into Gath and after to Ekrón 1 THen the Philistims toke the Arke of God and caryed it from Ebén ézer vnto Ashdōd 2 Euen the Philistims toke the Arke of God and broght it into the house of Dagōn and set it by Dagōn 3 And when they of Ashdōd rose the next day in the morning beholde Dagōn was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord and they tokevp Dagón and set him in his place againe 4 Also they rose vp early in the morning the next day beholde Dagón was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord and the head of Dagōn and the two palmes of his hands were cut of vpon the thresholde onely the stumpe of Dagón was left to him 5 Therefore the Priests of Dagón and all that come into Dagons house treade not on the thresholde of Dagón in Ashdód vnto this day 6 But the hand of the Lord was heauy vpon them of Ashdōd and destroyed thē smote them with * emerods bothe Ashdōd and the coastes thereof 7 And whē the men of Ashdōd sawe this they said Let not the Arke of the God of Israél abide with vs for his hand is sore vpon vs ād vpon Dagōn our god 8 They sent therefore and gathered all the princes of the Philistims vnto them and said What shall we do with the Arke of the God of Israél And they answered Let the Arke of the God of Israél be caried about vnto Gath and they caried the Arke of the God of Israél about 9 And when they had caried it about the hand of the LORD was against the citie with a very greate destruction and he smote the men of the citie bothe small and greate and they had emerods in their secret partes 10 ¶ Therefore they sent the Arke of GOD to Ekrōn and assone as the Arke of GOD came to Ekrōn the Ekronites cryed out saying They haue broght the Arke of the GOD of Israél to vs to slay vs and our people 11 Therefore they sent and gathered together all the princes of the Philistims said Send away the Arke of the God of Israél let it returne to his owne place that it slay vs not and our people for there was a destruction and death through out all the citie and the hand of God was very sore there 12 And the men that dyed not were smitten with the emerods and the crye of the citie went vp to heauen CHAP. VI. 1 The time that the Arke was with the Philistims whiche they sent againe with a gift 12 It commeth to Beth-shémesh 17 The Philistims offer golden emerods 19 The men of Beth-shémesh are stricken for loking into the Arke 1 SO the Arke of the Lord was in the countrey of the Philistims seuen monethes 2 And the Philistims called the Priestes and the soth sayers saying What shal we do with the Arke of the Lord tel vs where with we shall send it home againe 3 And they said If you send away the Arke of the God of Israél send it not away emptie but giue vnto it a sinne offring then shal ye be healed and it shal be knowē to you why his hand departeth not from you 4 Then said they What shal be the sinne offring which we shal giue vnto it And they answered Fiue golden emerods fiue golden mice according to the nomber of the Princes of the Philistims for one plague was on you all and on your princes 5 Wherefore ye shall make the similitudes of your emerods and the similitudes of your mice that destroye the land so ye shall giue glorie vnto the God of Israél that he may take his hand from you from your gods and from your land 6 Wherefore then shulde ye harden your heartes as the Egyptians and Pharaôh hardened their heartes when he wroght wonderfully among them * did they not let thē go and they departed 7 Now therefore make a newe carte and take two melche kine on whome there hathe come no yoke and tye the kine to the carte and bring the calues home from them 8 Then take the Arke of the Lord and set it vpon the carte and put the iewels of golde whiche ye giue it for a sinne offring in a coffer by the side thereof and send it away that it may go 9 And take hede if it go vp by the way of his owne coast to Beth-shémesh it is he that did vs this greate euil but if not we shall knowe then that it is not his hād that smote vs but it was a chance that happened vs. 10 And the men did so for they toke two kine that gaue milke and tyed them to the carte and shut the calues at home 11 So they set the Arke of the LORD vpon the carte and the coffer with the mice of golde and with the similitudes of their emerods 12 And the kine wēt the streight way to Beth-shémesh and kept one path and lowed as they went and turned nether to the right hand nor to the left also the princes of the Philistims went after thē vnto the borders of Beth-shémesh 13 Now they of Beth-shémesh were reaping their wheat haruest in the valley and they lift vp their eyes and spyed the Arke and reioyced when they sawe it 14 ¶ And the carte came into the fielde of Ioshúa a Bethshemite and stode stil there there was also a great stone and they claue the wood of the carte and offred the kine for a burnt offring vnto the Lord. 15 And the Leuites toke downe the Arke of the Lord and the coffer that was with it wherein the iewels of golde were and put them on the great stone and the men of
hast spoken of shal I be had in honour 23 Therefore Michál the daughter of Saúl had no childe vnto the day of her death CHAP. VII 2 Dauid wolde buylde God an house but is forbidden by the Prophet Nathán 8 God putteth Dauid in minde of his 〈◊〉 12 He promiseth continuance of his kingdome and posteritie 1 AFterwarde* when the King sate in his house and the Lord had giuen him rest round about from all his enemies 2 The King said vnto Nathán the Prophet Beholde now I dwel in an house of cedar trees the Arke of God remaineth within the curtaines 3 Then Nathán said vnto the King Go and do all that is in thine hearte for the Lorde is with thee 4 ¶ And the same nyght the worde of the Lord came vnto Nathán saying 5 Go and tel my seruant Dauid Thus saieth the Lord Shalt thou buyld me an house for my dwelling 6 For I haue dwelt in no house since the time that I broght the children of Israél out of Egypt vnto this day but haue walked in a tent and tabernacle 7 In all the places wherein I haue walked with all the children of Israél spake I one worde with anie of the tribes of Israél when I commāded the iudges to fede my people Israél or said I Why buylde ye not me an house of cedar trees 8 Now therefore so say vnto my seruant Dauid Thus sayeth the LORD of hostes * I toke thee from the shepecote followyng the shepe that thou mightest be ruler ouer my people ouer Israél 9 And I was with thee wheresoeuer thou hast walked and haue destroyed all thine enemies out of thy sight and haue made thee a great name like vnto the name of the great men that are in the earth 10 Also I wil appoint a place for my people Israél and wil plant it that they may dwell in a place of their owne moue nomore nether shal wicked people trouble them anie more as before time 11 * And since the time that I set iudges ouer my people of Israél and I wil giue thee rest from all thine enemies also the Lord telleth thee that he wil make thee an house 12 * And when thy dayes be fulfilled thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and I wil set vp thy seede after thee which shall procede out of thy body and wil stablish his kingdome 13 * He shal buyld an house for my Name I will stablishe the throne of his kingdome for euer 14 * I wil be his father he shal be my sonne and * if he sinne I wil chasten him with the rod of men and with the plagues of the children of men 15 But my mercy shal not depart away from him as I toke it from Saúl whome I haue put away before thee 16 And thine house shal be stablished and thy kingdome for euer before thee euen thy throne shal be stablished for euer 17 According to all these words and according to all this vision Nathán spake thus vnto Dauid 18 Then King Dauid went in and sate before the Lord and said Who am I ô Lord God and what is myne house that thou haste broght me hitherto 19 And this was yet a small thing in thy sight ô Lord GOD therefore thou hast spoken also of thy seruāts house for a great while but doeth this apperteine to mā ô Lord God 20 And what can Dauid say more vnto thee for thou Lord God knowest thy seruant 21 For thy wordes sake and accordynge to thine owne hearte hast thou done all these great things to make them knowen vnto thy seruant 22 Wherefore thou art great ô Lord GOD for there is none like thee nether is there anie God besides thee accordynge to all that we haue heard with our eares 23 * And what one people in the earthe is like thy people like Israél whose GOD went and redemed them to him selfe that they might be his people that he might make him a name and do for you greate things and terrible for thy land ô Lorde euen 〈◊〉 thy people whome thou redemest to thee out of Egypt from the nacions and their Gods 24 For thou hast ordeined thy people Israél to be thy people for euer and thou Lord art become their God 25 Now therefore ô Lord God confirme for euer the worde that thou hast spoken cōcerning thy seruant and his house and do as thou hast said 26 And let thy Name be magnified for euer by them that shall say The Lord of hostes is the GOD ouer Israél let the house of thy seruant Dauid be stablished before thee 27 For thou ô Lord of hostes God of Israél hast reueiled vnto thy seruāt saying I will buyld thee an house therefore hathe thy seruant bene bolde to praye thys prayer vnto thee 28 Therefore now ô Lord God for thou art God and thy wordes be true and thou hast tolde this goodnes vnto thy seruant 29 Therefore now let it please thee to blesse the house of thy seruant that it may cōtinue for euer before thee for thou ô Lorde God hast spokē it let the house of thy seruāt be blessed for euer with thy blessing CHAP. VIII 1 Dauid ouercommeth the Philistims and other strange nacions and maketh them tributaries to Israél 1 AFter this now Dauid smote the Philistims and subdued them and Dauid toke the bridle of bondage out of the hand of the Philistims 2 And he smote Moáb and measured them with a corde and cast them downe to the ground he measured them with two cordes to put them to death and with one ful corde to kepe them aliue so became the Moabites Dauids seruāts broght gifts 3 ¶ Dauid smote also Hadadézer the sonne of Rehób King of Zobáh as he wēt to recouer his border at the riuer Euphrátes 4 And Dauid to ke athousand and seuen hūdreth horsemen and twentye thousande fotemē and destroyed all the charets but he reserueth an hundreth charets of them 5 ¶ Then came the Aramites of Dammések to succour Hadadézer King of Zobáh but Dauid slewe of the Aramites two twentie thousand men 6 And he put a garison in Arám of Dāmések and the Aramites became seruantes to Dauid and broght giftes And the Lord saued Dauid wheresoeuer he went 7 And Dauid toke the shields of golde that belonged to the seruants of Hadadézer broght them to Ierusalém 8 And out of Betáh and Berothái cities of Hadadézer Dauid broght exceding much brasse 9 ¶ Then Tôiking of Hamáth heard how Dauid had smitten all the hoste of Hadadézer 10 Therefore Tói sent Iorám his sonne vnto King Dauid to salute him and to reioyce with him because he had foght against Hadadézer and beaten him for Hadadézer had warre with 〈◊〉 who broght with
Lord thy God increase the people an hundreth folde mo then they 〈◊〉 and that the eyes of my Lorde the King may 〈◊〉 it but why doeth my Lord the Kyng desire this thing 4 Notwithstanding the Kinges worde preuailed against Ioab and against the captaines of the hoste therefore Ioáb and the captaines of the hoste went out from the presence of the Kyng to nomber the people of Israēl 5 ¶ And they passed ouer Iordén and pitched in Aroér at the ryght side of the citie that is in the middes of the valley of Gad and toward Iazér 6 Then they came to Gileád and to Tahtim-hodshi so they came to Dan Iaān and so about to Zidon 7 And came to the forteresse of Tyrus and to all the cities of the Hiuites and of the Canaanites and went toward the South of Iudah euen to Beer-shéba 8 So when they had gone about all the lande they returned to Ierusalém at the end of nine moneths and twentie dayes 9 ¶ And Ioab deliuered the nomber and summe of the people vnto the Kynge and there were in Israél eight hūdreth thousād strōg men that drewe swordes and the men of Iudah were fiue hundreth thousand mén 10 Then Dauids heart smote hym after that he had nombred the people and Dauid said vnto the Lord I haue sinned excedingly in that I haue done therefore now Lord I beseche thee take away the trespasse of thy ser uant for I haue done very foolishly 11 ¶ And when Dauid was vp in the morning the word of the Lord came vnto the Prophet Gad Dauids Seer saying 12 Go and say vnto Dauid Thus sayth the Lord I offre thee thre things chose thee which of them I shal do vnto thee 13 So Gad came to Dauid and shewed him said vnto him Wilt thou that seuen yeres fa mine come vpō thee in thy land or wilt thou flee thre moneths before thine enemies they following thee or that there be thre dayes pestilence in thy land now aduise thee and se what answer I shal giue to him that sent me 14 ¶ And Dauid said vnto Gad I am in a wonderful straite let vs fall now into the hand of the Lord for his mercies are great and let me not fall into the hand of man 15 So the Lord sent a pestilence in Israél from the morning euē to the time appointed and there dyed of the people from Dan euē to Beer-shéba seuentie thousand men 16 And when the Angel stretched out his hand vpon Ierusalém to destroy it the Lord * repented of the euil and said to the Angel that destroyed the people It is sufficient holde now thine hand And the Angel of the Lord was by the threshing place of Araunáh the Iebusite 17 And Dauid spake vnto the Lord when he sawe the Angel that smote the people and said Beholde I haue sinned yea I haue done wickedly but these shepe what haue they done let thine hād I praye thee be against me and against my fathers house 18 ¶ So Gad came the same day to Dauid and said vnto him Go vp teare an altar vnto the Lord in the threshing floore of Araunáh the Iebusite 19 And Dauid according to the saying of Gad went vp as the Lord had commanded 20 And Araunáh loked and sawe the King and his seruants cōming towarde him and Araunáh went out and bowed him selfe before the King on his face to the grounde 21 And Araunah said Wherefore is my lord the King come to his seruant Then Dauid answered To bye the threshing floore of thee for to buylde an altar vnto the Lord that the plague may cease from the people 22 Then Araunáh said vnto Dauid Let my lord the King take and offer what semeth him good in his eyes beholde the oxen for the burnt offring charets and the instruments of the oxen for wood 23 And these things did Araunāh as a King giue vnto the King and Araunāh said vnto the King The Lordthy God befauorable vn to thee 24 Then the King said vnto Araunáh Not so but I wil by it of thee at a price and wil not offer burnt offring vnto the Lord my God of that whiche doeth cost me nothing So Dauid boght the treshing floore and the oxen for fiftie shekels of siluer 25 And 〈◊〉 buy t there an altarvnto the Lord and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings and the Lord was appeased toward the land and the plague ceased from Israél THE FIRST BOKE OF the Kings THE ARGVMENT BEcause the children of God shulde loke for no continual rest and quietnes in this worlde the holy Gost setteth before our eyes in this boke the varietie and change of things which came to the people of Israél from the death of Dauid Salomón and the rest of the Kings vnto the death of Aháb declaring how that florishing kingdomes except they be preserued by Gods protection who then fauoreth them when hisworde is truely set forthe vertue estemed vice punished and concorde mainteined fall to decay and come to naught as appeareth by the diuiding of the kingdome vnder Robohám and Ierobohám which before were but all one people and now by the iuste punishment of God were made two whereof Iudáh and Beniamin claue to Robohám and this was called the kindome of Iudah the otherten tribes helde with Ieroboham and this was called the kingdome of Israél The King of Iudah had his throne in Ierusalém and the King of Israél in Samaria after it was buylte by 〈◊〉 Ahabs father And because our Sauiour Christ according to the stocke of Dauid the genealogie of the Kings of Iudah is here described from Salomon to Iorám the sonne of Iosaphat who reigned ouer Iudah in Ierusalém as Ahab did ouer Israél in Samaria CHAP. I. 3 Abishag kepeth Dauid in his extreme age 5 Adoniiah vsurpeth the kingdome 30 Salomon is anointed King 50 Adoniiah fleeth to the altar 1 NOw whē King Dauid was olde and striken in yeres they couered him with clothes but no heate came vnto him 2 Wherefore his seruants said vnto him Let there be soght for my lord the King a yong virgin and let her stand before the King and cherish him and let her lye in thy bosome that my lord the King may get heate 3 So they soght for a faire yong maid through out all the coastes of Israél and founde one Abishág a Shunammite and broght her to the King 4 And the maid was exceding faire and cherished the King ministred to him but the King knewe her not 5 ¶ Then Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith exal ted him selfe saying I wil be King And he gate him charets and horsemen and fifty men to runne before him 6 And his father wolde not displease him from his childehode to say Why hast thou done so And he was a very goodly man and his mother bare him next after Absalōm 7
tribe for my seruant 〈◊〉 sake and for Ierusalém the citie which I hane chosen out of all the tribes of Israel 33 Because thei haue forsaken me and haue worshiped Ashtaróth the god of the Zidonians and Chemosh the god of the Moabites and Milcom the god of the Ammonites and haue not walked in my wayes to do right in mine eyes and my statutes and my lawes as did Dauid his father 34 But I wil not take the whole kingdome 〈◊〉 of his hand for I wil make him prince all his life long for Dauid my seruāts sake whome I haue chosen and who kepe my 〈◊〉 and my statutes 35 * But I wil take the kingdome out of his sonnes hand and wil giue it vnto the euē the ten tribes 36 And vnto his sonne wil I giue one tribe that Dauid my seruant maye haue a light alwaie before me in Ierusalém the citie which I haue chosen me to put my Name there 37 And I wil take thee and thou shalt reigne euen as thine heart desireth and shalt be King ouer Israel 38 And if thou hearken vnto all that I commande thee and wilt walke in my waies and do right in my sight to kepe my statu tes and my commandements as Dauid my seruant did then wil I be with thee and buylde thee a sure house as I buylt vnto Dauid and wil giue Israél vnto thee 39 And I wil for this afflictthe seede of Dauid but not for euer 40 ¶ Salomón soght therefore to kil Ieroboám and Ieroboám arose and fled into Egypt vnto Shishak King of Egypt and was in Egypt vntil the death of Salomón 41 And the rest of the wordes of Salomón all that he did his wisdome are thei not written in the boke of the actes of Salomōn 42 The thime that Salomôn reigned in Ierusalém ouer all Israél was fourtie yere 43 And Salomón slept with his fathers and was buryed in the citie of Dauid his father and Rehoboám his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XII 1 Rehoboā succedeth Salomón 8 He refuseth the connsel of the 〈◊〉 20 Ieroboám reigneth ouer Israél 21 God commandeth Rohoboam not to fight 28 Ieroboām ma keth golden calues 1 ANd * Rehoboám went to Shechém for all Israél were come to Shechém to make him King 2 And when Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát heard of it who was yetin Egypt * whether Ieroboam had fled from King Salomō and dwelt in Egypt 3 Then thei sent and called him and Ieroboam and all the Congregacion of Israél came and spake vnto Rehoboam saying 4 Thy father made our * yoke grieuous seruitude of thy father and his sore yoke which he put vpon vs lighter and we wil serue thee 5 And he said vnto them Departe yet for thre dayes then come againe to me And the people departed 6 And King Rehoboám toke counsel with the olde men that had stande before Salomon his father while he yet liued and said What coūsel giue ye that I may make an answer to this people 7 And thei spake vnto him saying If thou be a seruant vnto this people this day serue them and answer them and speake kinde wordes to them thei wil be thy seruants for euer 8 But he forsoke the counsel that the olde men had giuen him and asked counsel of the yong men that had bene broght vp with him and waited on him 9 And he said vnto them What counsel gi giue ye that we may answer this people which haue spoken to me saying 〈◊〉 the yoke which thy father did put vpon vs lighter 10 Then the yong men that were broght vp with him spake vnto him saying Thus shalt thou say vnto this people that haue spoken vnto thee and said Thy father ha the made our yoke heauie but make thou it lighter vnto vs euen thus shalt thou say vnto them My * least parte shal be big ger then my fathers loynes 11 Now where as my father did burden you with a grieuous yoke I wil yet make your yoke heauier my father hathe chastised you with rods but I wil correct you with scourges 12 ¶ Then Ieroboam and all the people came to Rehoboám the third day as the King had appointed saying Come to me agai ne the third day 13 And the King answered the people sharpely and left the olde mens counsel that thei gaue him 14 And spake to them after the counsel of the young men saying My father made your yoke grieuous and I wil make your yoke more grieuous my father hath chastised you with rods but I wil correct you with scourges 15 And the Kynge hearkened not vnto the people for it was the ordinance of the Lord that he might performe his saying whiche the Lord had spoken by * Ahiiáh the Shilonite vnto Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát 16 So when all Israél sawe that the King regarded them not the people aunswered the King thus saying What porcion haue we in Dauid we haue none inheritance in the sonne of Ishái To your tents ô Israél now se to thine owne house Dauid So Israél departed vnto their tents 17 Howbeit ouer the childrē of Israél which dwelt in the cities of Iudáh did Rehoboám reigne still 18 ¶ Now the King Rehoboám sent Adorám the receiuer of the tribute and all Israél stoned him to death thē King Rehoboám made spede to get him vp to his charet to flee to Ierusalém 19 And Israél rebelled against the house of Dauid vnto this day 20 ¶ And when all Israél had heard that Ieroboám was come agayne they sent and called him vnto the assemblye and made him Kynge ouer all Israél none followed the house of Dauid but the tribe of Iudáh * onely 21 And when Rehoboám was come to Ierusalém he gathered all the house of Iudáh with the tribe of Beniamin an hundreth foure score thousand of chosen men whiche were good warriours to fight against the house of Israél and to bryng the kingdome againe to Rehoboám the sonne of Salomón 22 * But the worde of God came vnto Shemaiáh the man of God saying 23 Speake vnto Rehoboám the sonne of Salomōn King of Iudáh and vnto all the house of Iudáh and Beniamin the remnant of the people saying 24 Thus sayth the Lord Ye shal not go vp nor fight against your brethren the chyldren of Israél 〈◊〉 euerye man to hys house for this thing is done by me They obeied therefore the worde of the Lorde and returned and departed according to the worde of the Lord. 25 ¶ Then Ieroboám buylt Shechē in mount Ephráim and dwelt therein and wēt from thence and buylt Penuél 26 And Ieroboám thoght in his heart Now shall the kingdome returne to the house of Dauid 27 If this people go vp do sacrifice in the house of the Lord at Ierusalém thē shall the heart of this people
and Iehozabád the sonne of Shommér hys seruants smote him ād he dyed ād they buried hym with hys fathers in the citie of Dauid And Amaziah his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XIII 3 Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu is deliuered into the handes of the Syrians 5 He prayeth vnto God and is deliuered 〈◊〉 Ioash hys sonne reigneth in hys steade 24 Hazaél dyeth 26 Elisha dyeth 1 IN the thre and twentieth yere of Ioash the sonne of Ahaziah Kynge of Iudah Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu began to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria and he reigned seuentene yere 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lord and followed the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat whiche made Israél to sinne ād departed not therefrom 3 And the Lord was angry with Israél and deliuered them into the hand of Hazaél Kyng of Aram and into the hand of Benhadad the sonne of Hazaél all his dayes 4 And Iehoahaz besoght the Lorde and the Lorde heard him for he sawe the trouble of Israél wherewith the Kyng of Aram troubled them 5 And the Lorde gaue Israél a deliuerer so that they came out from vnder the subiection of the Aramites And the childrē of Israél dwelt in their tentes as before time 6 Neuertheles they departed not from the sinnes of the house of Ieroboam whiche made Israél sinne but walked in them euen the groue also remained stil in Samaria 7 For he had left of the people to Iehoahaz but fiftie horsemen and ten charets and ten thousand fotemen because the King of Aram had destroyed them ād made them like dust beaten to poudre 8 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Iehoahaz and all that he did and his valiant dedes are they not writen in the boke of the Chro nicles of the Kings of Israél 9 And Iehoahaz slept with his fathers and they buryed him in Samaria and Ioash his sonne reigned in his steade 10 ¶ In the seuen and thirtieth yere of Ioash Kyng of Iudah began Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria and reigned sixtene yere 11 And did euil in the sight of the Lorde for he departed not from all the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat that made Israél to sinne but he walked therein 12 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Ioash and al that he did and his valiant dedes and how he foght against Amaziah King of Iudah are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the King of Israél 13 And Ioash slept with his fathers and Ieroboā sate vpon his seat and Ioash was buried in Samaria among the Kings of Israél 14 ¶ Whē Elisha fel sicke of his sicknes wherof he dyed loash the Kynge of Israél came downe vnto him and wept vpon his face ād said O my father my father the charet of Israél and the horsemen of the same 15 Then Elisha sayd vnto hym Take a bowe and arowes And he toke vnto him bowe and arowes 16 And he sayd to the Kyng of Israél Put thine hand vpon the bowe And he put his hande vpon it And Elisha put his hands vpon the Kings hands 17 And sayd Open the windowe Eastwarde And when he had opened it Elisha sayd Shote And he shot And he sayd Beholde the arowe of the Lordes deliuerance and the arowe of deliuerance against Aram for thou shalt smite the Aramites in Aphék till thou hast consumed them 18 Agayne he sayd Take the arowes And he toke them And he said vnto the King of Israél Smite the ground And he smote thrise and ceased 19 Then the mā of God was angry with him and said Thou shuldest haue smiten fiue or sixtimes so thou shuldest haue smiten Aram til thou hadest consumed it where nowe thou shalt smite Aram but thrise 20 ¶ So Elisha dyed and they buryed him And certeine bands of the Moabites came into the land that yere 21 And as they were burying a man beholde they sawe the souldiers therefore they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha And when the man was downe and touched the bones of Elisha * he reuiued and stode vpō hys fete 22 ¶ But Hazaél King of Aram vexed Israél all the dayes of Iehoahaz 23 Therefore the Lorde had mercie on them and pitied them and had respect vnto them because of his couenant with Abraham Izhák and Iaak ób and wolde not destroy thē nether cast he them from him as yet 24 So Hazaél the King of Aram dyed ād Benhadad his sonne reigned in his steade 25 Therefore Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz returned ād toke out of the hand of Ben-hadád the sonne of Hazaél the cities which he had taken away by warre out of the hand of Iehoahaz his father for thre times did Ioash beat him and restored the cities vnto Israél CHAP. XIIII 1 Amaziah the King of Iudah putteth to death them that slewe hys father 7 And after smiteth Edom. 15 Ioash dyeth and Ieroboam his sonne succedeth him And after him reigneth Zachariah 1 THe seconde yere of Ioash sonne of Iehoa haz King of Israél reigned * Amaziah the sonne of Ioash King of Iudah 2 He was fiue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned nine and twentie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iehoadan of Ierusalém 3 And he dyd vpryghtlye in the sight of the lord yet not like Dauid his father but did ac cording to all that Ioash his father had done 4 Notwithstanding the hie place were not taken away for as yet the people did sacrifice and burnt incense in the hie places 5 ¶ And when the kyngdome was confirmed in his hand * he slewe his seruāts which had killed the King his father 6 But the children of those that did slay him he slewe not accordyng vnto that that is written in the boke of the Lawe of Mosés wherein the Lorde commaunded saying * The fathers shal not be put to death for the children 〈◊〉 the children put to death for the fathers but euerie man shal be put to death for his owne sinne 7 He slewe also of Edom in the valley of salt ten thousand and toke the citie of Sela by warre and called the name thereof Ioktheél vnto this day 8 ¶ Then Amaziah sent messengers to Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz sonne of Iehu Kyng of Israél saying Come let vs se one another in the face 9 Then Iehoash the Kynge of Israél sent to Amaziah Kynge of Iudah saying The thistle that is in Lebanon sent to the cedre that is in Lebanon saying Giue thy daughter to my sonne to wife and the wilde beast that was in Lebanón went and trode down the thistle 10 Because thou haste smiten Edom thine heart hathe made thee proude brag of glorie and tarye at home why doest thou prouoke to thyne hurt that thou shuldest fall and Iudah with thee
wildernes and smote the foure corners of the house which fel vpō the children and they are dead and lonely am escaped alone to tel thee 20 Then Iob arose and rent his garment and shaued his head and fel downe vpō the grūd and worshiped 21 And said * Naked came I out of my mothers wombe naked shal I returne the ther the Lord hathe giuen and the Lord hathe taken it blessed be the Name of the Lord. 22 In all this did not Iob sinne nor charge God foolishly CHAP. II. 6 Satán hathe permission to afflict Iob. 9 His wife tēpteth him to forsake God 11 His thre friends visite him 1 ANd on a day the children of God came and stode before the Lord and Satán came also among them and stode before the Lord. 2 Then the Lord said vnto Satán Whence commest thou And Satán answered the Lord said From compassing the earth to and fro and from walking in it 3 And the Lord said vnto Satan Hast thou not considered my seruāt Iob how none is like him in the earth * an vpright and iuste man one that feareth God and eschueth equil for yet he cōtinueth in his vprightnes althogh thou mouedst me against him to destroye him without cause 4 And Satan answered the Lord said Skin for skin and all that euer a man hathe wil he giue for his life 5 But stretche now out thine hand and touche his bones and his flesh to se if he wil not blaspheme thee to thy face 6 Then the Lord said vnto Satan Lo he is in thine hand but saue his life 7 ¶ So Satan departed from the presence of the Lord and smote Iob with sore boyles from the sole of his fote vnto his crowne 8 And he toke a potsharde to scrape him and he sate downe among the ashes 9 Then said his wife vnto him Doest thou cōtinueyet in thine vprightnes Blaspheme God and dye 10 But he said vnto her Thou speakest like a foolish woman what shal we receiue good at the hand of God and not receiue euil In all this did not Iob sinne with his lippes 11 Now when Iobs thre friends heard of all this euil that was come vpon him thei came euerie one from his owne place to wit Eli phaz the Temanite and Bildad the Shuhite and Zophar the Naamathite for they were agreed to get her to come to lament with him and to comfort him 12 So whē they lift vp their eyes a farre of they knewe him not therefore they lift vp their voyces and wept and euerie one of them rēt his garment and sprinkled dust vpon their heades toward the heauen 13 So they sate by him vpon the grounde seuē dayes seuen nights none spake a word vnto him for they sawe that the grief was very great CHAP. III. 1 Iob cōplaineth curseth the day of his birth 11 He desireth to dye as thogh death were the end of all mās miserie 1 AFterward Iob opened his mouthe and cursed his day 2 And Iob cryed out and said 3 Let the daye perish wherein I was borne the night when it was said There is a man childe conceiued 4 Let that day be darkenes let not God regarde it frō aboue nether let the light shine vpon it 5 But let darkenes the shadowe of death staine it let the clouder remaine vpon it let them make it feareful as a bitter day 6 Let darkenes possesse that night let it not be ioyned vnto the dayes of the yere nor let it come into the count of the moneths 7 Yea desolate be that night let no ioye be in it 8 Let them that curse the day being ready to renue their mourning curse it 9 Let the starres of that twilight be dim through darkenes of it let it loke for light but haue none nether let it se the dawning of the daye 10 Because it shut not vp the dores of my mothers wōbe not hid sorowe frō mine 〈◊〉 eyes 11 Why dyed I not in the birth or why dyed I not when I came out of the wombe 12 Why did the knees preuent me and why did I sucke the breastes 13 For so shulde I now haue lyen and bene quiet I shulde haue slept then and bene at rest 14 With the Kings and coūsellers of the earth which haue buylded them selues desolate places 15 Or with the princes that had golde haue filled their houses with siluer 16 Or why was I not hid as an vntimely birth ether as infants which haue not sene the light 17 The wicked haue there ceased from their tyrannie and there they that laboured valiantly are at rest 18 The prisoners rest together and heare not the voyce of the oppressour 19 There are small great and the seruant is fre from his master 20 Wherefore is the light giuen to him that is in miserie and life vnto them that haue heauy hearts 21 Whiche long for death and if it come not they wolde euē search it more thē treasures 22 Which ioye for gladnes and reioyce whē they can finde the graue 23 Why is the light giuē to the mā whose way is hid and whome God hathe helged in 24 For my sighing cometh before I eat and my rorings are powred out like the water 25 For the thing I feared is come vpon me the thing that I was afrayed of is come vnto me 26 I had no peace nether had I quietnes nether hast I red yet trouble is come CHAP. IIII 5 Iob is reprehended of impaciencie 7 And vniustice 17 And of the presumption of his owne righteousnes 1 THen Elipház the Temanite answered said 2 If we assay to commune with thee wilt thou be grieued but who can withholde him self from speaking 3 Beholde thou hast taught manie and hast strengthened the wearie hands 4 Thy wordes haue confirmed him that was falling thou hast strengthened the weake knees 5 But now it is come vpon thee and thou art grieued it toucheth thee and thou art troubled 6 Is not this thy feare thy confidence thy pacience and the oprightnes of thy wayes 7 Remember I pray thee who euer perished being an innocent or where were the vpright destroyed 8 As I haue sene they that plowe iniquitie sowe wickednes reape the same 9 With the blast of God they perish with the breath of his nostrilles are they consumed 10 The roring of the lion and the voyce of the lionesse and the teeth of the lions whelpes are broken 11 The lion perisheth for lacke of praye the lions whelpes are scatred abrode 12 But a thing was broght to me secretly and mine eare hathe receiued a litle thereof 13 In the thoghts of the visions of the night when slepe falleth
nomber in his armies vpon whome shal not his light arise 4 And how may a mā be iustified with God or how can he be cleane that is borne of woman 5 Behold he wil giue no light to the moone and the starres are vncleane in hys sight 6 How muche more man a worme euen the sonne of man which is but a worme CHAP. XXVI Iob sheweth that man can not helpe God and proueth it by his miracles 1 BVt Iob answered and said 2 Whome helpest thou him that hath no power sauest thou the arme that hathe no strength 3 Whome counselest thou him that hathe no wisdome thou shewest right wel as the thing is 4 To whome doest thou declare these wordes or whose spirit cometh out of thee 5 The dead thinges are formed vnder the waters and nere vnto them 6 The graue is naked before him there is no couering for destruction 7 He stretcheth out the North ouer the emptie place and hangeth the earth vpon nothing 8 He bindeth the waters in his cloudes and the cloude is not broken vnder them 9 He holdeth backe the face of his throne and spreadeth his cloude vpon it 10 He hathe set bondes aboute the waters vntil the day and night come to an end 11 The pillers of heauen tremble quake at his 〈◊〉 12 The sea is calme by his power and by hys vnderstāding he smiteth the pride ther of 13 His Spirit hath garnished the heauēs his hād hath formed the crooked serpēt 14 Lo these are part of his wayes but how litle a portion heare we of him and who can vnderstand his feareful power CHAP. XXVII 3 The constancie and perfitnes of Iob. 13 The rewarde of the wicked and of the tyrants 1 MOreouer Iob proceded and cōtinued his parable saying 2 The liuing God hath taken away my iudgement for the Almightie hathe put my soule in bitternes 3 〈◊〉 so long as my breath is in me and the 〈◊〉 of God in my nostrels 4 〈◊〉 lips surely shal speake no wickednes and my tongue shal vtter no deceit 5 God forbid that I shulde iustifie you vntil I dye I wil neuer take away mine d innocencie from my self 6 I will kepe my righteousnes and wil not forsake it mine heart shal not reprone me of my dayes 7 Mine enemie shal be as the wicked and he that riseth against me as the vnrighteous 8 For what hope hathe the hypocrite whē he hathe heaped vp riches if God take away his soule 9 Wil God heare his crye when trouble cometh vpon him 10 Wil he set his delite on the Almightie wil he call vpon God at all times 11 I wil teache you what is in the hande of God and I wil not 〈◊〉 that whiche is with the Almightie 12 Beholde all ye your selues haue sene it why then do you thus vanish in vanitie 13 This is the porcion of a wicked mā with God and the heritage of tyrants which they shal receiue of the Almightie 14 If his children be in greate nomber the sworde shal destroy them and his posteritie shal not be satisfied with bread 15 His remnant shal be buryed in death and his widowes shal not wepe 16 Thogh he shulde heape vp siluer as the dust and prepare raiment as the clay 17 He may prepare it but the iuste shall put it on and the innocent shal deuide the siluer 18 He buyldeth his house as the mothe as a lodge that the watchman maketh 19 When the riche man slepeth he shal not be gathered to his fathers they opened their eyes and he was gone 20 Terrours shal take him as waters and a tempest shal carie him a way by night 21 The East wind shal take him away and he shall departe and it shall hurlle him out of his place 22 And God shal cast vpon him not spare thogh he wold faine flee out of hys hand 23 Euerie man shal clap their hands at him and hisse at him out of their place CHAP. XXVIII Iob sheweth that the wisdome of God is Vnsercheable 1 THe siluer surely hath his vaine the golde his place where thei take it 2 Yron is taken out of the dust and brasse is molten out of the stone 3 God putteth an end to darknes and he tryeth the perfection of all things he setteth a bonde of darkenes and of the shadow of death 4 The flood breaketh out against the inhabitant the waters forgottē of the fote being higher thē mā are gone away 5 Out of the same earth cometh bread and vnder it as it were fyre is turned vp 6 The stones therof are a place of saphirs and the dust of it is golde 7 There is a path whiche no foule hathe knowē nether hath the kites eye sene it 8 The lions whelps haue not walked it nor the lion passed thereby 9 He putteth his hand vpon the rockes ouer throweth the moūtaines by the rootes 10 He breaketh riuers in the rockes and his eye seeth euerie precious thing 11 He bindeth the floods that they do not ouerflowe and the thing that is hid bringeth he to light 12 But where is wisdome founde where is the place of vnderstanding 13 Man knoweth not the price thereof for it is not found in the land of the liuing 14 The depth saith It is not in me the sea also saith It is not with me 15 Golde shall not be gyuen for it nether shal siluer be weighed for the price therof 16 It shall not be valued with the wedge of golde of Ophir nor with the precious onix nor the saphir 17 The golde nor the christal shall be equall vnto it not the exchāge shal be for plate of fine golde 18 No mencion shal be made of corall nor of the gabish for wisdome is more precious then perles 19 The Topaz of Ethiopia shal not be equall vnto it nether shall it be valued with the wedge of pure golde 20 Whence then cometh wisdome where is the place of vnderstanding 21 Seing it is hid from the eyes of all the liuing and is hid frome the foules of the heauen 22 Destruction and death say We haue heard the same thereof with our eares 23 But God vnderstādeth the way therof and he knoweth the place thereof 24 For he beholdeth the ends of the world and seeth all that is vnder heauen 25 To make the weight of the windes to weigh the waters by measure 26 When he made a decree for the raine and away for the lightening of the thunders 27 Then did he se it and counted it he prepa red it and also considered it 28 And vnto mā he said Behold * the feare of the Lord is wisdome to departe from euil is vnderstanding CHAP. XXIX 1 Iob complaineth of the
God let him answer to it 36 ¶ Then Iob answered the Lord saying 37 Beholde I am vile what shal I answer thee I wil lay mine hand vpon my mouth 38 Once haue I spoken but I wil answer nomore yea twise but I wil procede no farther CHAP. XL. 2 How weake mans power is being compared to the workes of God 10 Whos 's power appeareth in the creation and gouerning of the great beastes 1 AGaine the Lord answered Iob out of * the whirle winde and said 2 Gird vp now thy loynes like a man I wil demāde of the and declare thou vnto me 3 VVilt thou disanul my iugdemēt or wilt thou condemne me that thou maiest be iu stified 4 Or hast thou an arme like God or doest thou thunder with a voyce like him 5 Decke thy selfe now with maiestie and excellencie and araye thy self with beautie and glorie 6 Cast abroad the indignacion of thy wrath and beholde euerie one that is proude abase him 7 Loke on euerie one that is arrogant and bring him low and destroy the wicked in their palace 8 Hide them in the dust together and binde their faces in a secret palace 9 Then wil I confesse vnto thee also that thy right hand can saue thee 10 ¶ Beholde now Behemóth whome I made with thee which eateth grasse as an oxe 11 Beholde now his strength is in his loines and his force is in then auil of his belly 12 Whē he taketh pleasure his taile is like a cedre the sinewes of his stones are wrapt together 13 His bones are like staues of brasse his small bones like staues of yron 14 He is the chief of the wayes of God he that made him wil make his sworde to ap proche vnto him 15 Surely the mountaines bring him forthe grasse where all the beasts of the field playe 16 Lyeth he vnder the trees in the couert of the rede and fennes 17 Can the trees couer him with their shadowe or can the willowes of the riuer cōpasse him about 18 Beholde he spoileth the riuer hasteth not he trusteth that he can drawe vp Iordén into his mouth 19 He taketh it with his eyes and thrusteth his nose through whatsoeuer meteth hī 20 ¶ Canst thou draw out Liuiathán with an hooke and with a line which thou shalt cast downe vnto his tongue 21 Canst thou cast an hooke into his nose canst thou perce his iawes with an angle 22 Wil he make manie prayers vnto thee or speake thee faire 23 Wil he make a couenant with thee and wilt thou take him as a seruant for euer 24 Wilt thou play with him as with a bird or wilt thou binde him for thy maides 25 Shal the companions banket with him shal they deuide him among the marchāts 26 Canst thou fill the basket with his skinne or the fishpanyer with his head 27 Laye thine hand vpō him remember the battel and do nomore so 28 Beholde his hope is in vaine for shalnot one perish euen at the sight of him CHAP. XLI 1 By the greatnes of his monstre Leuiathán God sheweth his greatnes and his power which nothing can resist 1 NOne is so feare that dare stirre him vp Who is he then that can stand before me 2 Who hathe preuented me that I shulde make an end All vnder heauen is mine 3 I wil not kepe silence concerning his partes nor his power nor his comely pro portion 4 Who can discouer the face of his garmēt or who shal come to him with a double bridel 5 Who shal open the dores of his face his teeth are feareful round about 6 The maiestie of his scales is like strong shields and are sure sealed 7 One is set to another that no winde can come betwene them 8 One is ioyned to another they sticke together that they can not be sondred 9 His niesings make the light to shine his eyes are like the eye lids of the morning 10 Out of his mouth go lampes and sparkes of fyre leape out 11 Out of his nostrelles cometh out smoke as out of a boyling pot or caldron 12 His breath maketh the coles burne for a flame goeth out of his mouth 13 In his necke remaineth strength and labour is reiected before his face 14 The members of his bodlie are ioyned they are strōg in them selues and can not be moued 15 His heart is as strōg as a stone and as hard as the nether milstone 16 The mightie are afraied of his maiestie for feare they faint in them selues 17 When the sworde doeth touche him he wil not rise vp nor for the speare dart nor habergeon 18 He estemeth yron as strawe and brasse as rotten wood 19 The archer can not make him flee the stones of the sling are turned into stuble vnto him 20 The dartes are counted as straw and he laugheth at the shaking of the speare 21 Sharpe stones are vnder him and he sprea deth sharpe things vpon the myre 22 He maketh the depth to boyle like a pot maketh the sea like a pot of oyntment 23 He maketh a path to shine after him one wolde thinke the depth as an hore head 24 In the earth there is none like him he is made without feare 25 He beholdeth all hie things he is a King ouer all the children of pride CHAP. XLII 6 The repentance of Iob. 9 He prayeth for his friends 12 His goods are restored double vnto him 13 His children age and death 1 THen Iob answered the LORD and said 2 I knowe that thou canst do all things and that there is no thoght hid from thee 3 Who is he that hideth counsel without knowledge therefore haue I spoken that I vnderstode not euen things to wonderful for me and which I knewe not 4 Heare I beseche thee and I wil speake I wil demande of thee and declare thou vnto me 5 I haue heard of thee by the hearing of the eare but now mine eye seeth thee 6 Therefore I abhorre my self and repent dust and ashes 7 ¶ Now after that the Lord had spoken these wordes vnto Iob the Lord also said vnto Elipház the Temanite My wrath is kindled against thee and againste thy two friends for ye haue not spoken of me the thing that is right like my seruant Iob. 8 Therefore take vnto you now seuen bullockes and seuen rams and go to my seruāt Iob offer vp for your selues a burnt offring my seruant Iob shal pray for you for I wil accept him lest I shulde put you to shame be cause ye haue not spoken of me the thing which is right like my seruant Iob. 9 So Elipházthe Temanite and Bildádthe Shu hite and Zophárthe Naamathite went and did according as the Lord had said vnto thē and the Lord accepted Iob. 10 ¶ Then
his sword he hathe bent his bowe and made it readie 13 He hathe also prepared hym deadly weapons he wil ordeine his arrowes for them that 〈◊〉 me 14 * Beholde he shal 〈◊〉 with wickednes for he hathe conceiued mischief but he shal bring forthe a lye 15 He 〈◊〉 made a pit and diggedit and is fallen into the pit that he made 16 His mischief shal returne vpon hys owne head and his crueltie shal fall vpon his owne pate 17 I will praise the Lorde accordyng to hys righteousnes and wil sing praise to the Name of the Lord moste high PSAL. VIII 1 The Prophete consideryng the exc 〈◊〉 liberalitie and fatherlie prouidence of GOD towards man whome he made as it were a god ouer all his workes doeth not one ly giue great thankes but is astonished with the admiration of the same as one nothyng able to compasse suche great mercies ¶ To him that excelleth on Gittith A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord our Lorde howe excellent is thy Name in all the worlde whiche hast set thy glorie aboue the heauens 2 Out of the mouthe of babes and suckelings hast thou ordeined strength because of thine enemies that thou my ghtest still the enemie and the auenger 3 When I beholde thine heauens euen the workes of thy fingers the moone and the starres which thou hast ordeined 4 What is man say I that thou art mindfull of him and the sonne of man that thou 〈◊〉 him 5 For thou hast made hym a litle lower then GOD and crowned him with glorie and worship 6 Thou hast made hym to haue dominion in the wordes of thine hands thou hast put all things vnder his fete 7 All shepe and oxen yea and the beastes of the field 8 The foules of the aire and the fishe of the sea and that whiche passeth through the paths of the seas 9 O Lord our Lord how excellent is thy Name in all the worlde PSAL. IX 1 After he had giuen thankes to God for the sundrie victo ries that he had sent him agaynst hys enemies and also proued by manifolde 〈◊〉 how readie God was at hand in all his troubles 14 He being now likewise in dan ger of 〈◊〉 enemies desireth God to helpe hym according to his wonte 17 And to destroye the malicious arrogancie of his aduersaries ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Muth Labbén A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise the LORDE with my whole hearte I will speake of all thy meruelous workes 2 I wil be glad and reioyce in thee I wil sing praise to thy Name ô moste high 3 For that myne enemies are turned backe they shal fall and perish at thy presence 4 For thou hast mainteined my right and my cause thou art set in the throne and iudgest right 5 Thou hast rebuked the heathen thou haste destroied the wicked thou hast put out their name for euer and euer 6 O enemie destructions are come to a perpetual end ād thou hast destroied the cities their memorial is perished with them 7 But the Lord shall sit for euer he hathe prepared his throne for iudgement 8 For he shal iudge the world in rightcousnes and shal iudge the people with equitie 9 The Lord also will be a refuge for the poore a refuge in due time euen in affliction 10 And they that knowethy Name wil trust in thee for thou Lorde hast not failed them that seke thee 11 Sing praises to the Lorde which dwelleth in Zion shewethe people his workes 12 For whē he maketh inquisition for blood he remembreth it and forgetteth not the complaint of the poore 13 Haue mercie vpon me ô Lorde consider my trouble whiche I 〈◊〉 of them that hate me thou that liftest me vp from the gates of death 14 That I maye shewe all thy prayses within the gates of the daughter of Zion and reioyce in thy saluacion 15 The heathen are sunkē downe in the pit that they made in the net that they hid is their 〈◊〉 taken 16 The Lorde is knowē by executing iudgement the wicked is snared in the worke of his owne hands Higgaión Sélah 17 The wicked shal turne into hel and all nations that forget God 18 For the poore shal not be alwaie forgotten the hope of the afflicted shal not perish for euer 19 Vp Lord let not man preuaile let the heathen be iudged in thy sight 20 Put them in feare ô Lord that the heathen maie know that they are but men Sélah PSAL. X. 1 He complaineth of the fraude rapine tyrannie and all kindes of wrong which worldelie men vse assigning the cause thereof that 〈◊〉 men beyng as it were drunken with worldelie prosperitie and therefore settyng a parte all feare and reuerence towardes God thinke they may do all thyngs without countrowling 15 Therefore he calleth vpon God to send some remedie agaynst these desperate euils 16 And at length comforteth him selfe with hope of deliuerance 1 WHy standest thou farre of ô LORD and hidest thee in due time euē in affliction 2 The wicked with pride doeth persecute the poore let them be taken in the craftes that they haue imagined 3 For the wicked hathe made boast of hys owne heartes desire and the couetous blesseth him selfe he contemneth the Lord. 4 The 〈◊〉 is so proude that he seketh not for God he thinketh alwaies There is no God 5 His wayes alwaye prosper thy Iudgements are 〈◊〉 aboue hys sight therefore defieth he all his enemies 6 He saieth in his heart I shall neuer be moued nor be in danger 7 Hys 〈◊〉 is full of cursing and disceite and fraude vnder his tongue is mischief and iniquitie 8 He lieth in waite in the villages in the secret places doeth he murther the innocent his eies are bent against the poore 9 He lieth in wait secretly euen as a lyon in hys denne he lieth in waite to spoyle the poore he doeth spoyle the poore when he draweth him into his net 10 He crowcheth and boweth therfore heapes of the poore do fall by his might 11 He hathe said in his heart GOD hathe forgotten he hideth awaye his face and will neuerse 12 Arise o Lord God lift vp thine hand forget not the poore 13 Wherefore doeth the wycked contemne God he saieth in hys hearte Thou wilt not regarde 14 Yet thou hast sene it for thou beholdest mischief and wrong that thou maiest take it into thine hands the poore committeth him selfe vnto thee for thou art the helper of the fatherles 15 Breake thou the arme of the wicked and malicious searche his wickednes and thou shalt finde none 16 The Lord is King for euer and euer the heathen are destroyed forthe of his land 17 Lord thou hast heard the desire of the poore thou preparest their heart thou bendest thine eare to them 18 To iuge the
hinder partes and put them to a perpetual shame 67 Yet he refused the tabernacle of Ioséph and chose not the tribe of Ephráim 68 But chose the tribe of Iudáh and mount Zión which he loued 69 And he buylt his Sanctuarie as an high palace like the earth which he stablished for euer 70 He chose Dauid also his seruant and toke him from the shepefoldes 71 Euen from behinde the ewes with yong broght he him to fede his people in Iaakób and his inheritance in Israél 72 So he fed them according to the simplicitie of his heart and guided thē by the discretion of his hands PSAL. LXXIX 1 The Israelites complaine to God for the great calamitie and oppression that thei suffred by Gods enemies 8 And cōfessing their sinnes flee to Gods mercies with ful hope of deliuerance 10 Because their calamities were ioyned with the contempt of his Name 13 For the which thei promes to be thankeful ¶ A Psalme committed to Asáph 1 O God the heathen are come into thine in heritance thine holie Temple haue they 〈◊〉 and made Ierusalém heapes of stones 2 The dead bodies of thy seruants haue thei giuen to be meat vnto foules of the heauen and the flesh of thy Sainctes vnto the beastes of the earth 3 Their blood haue thei shed like waters round about Ierusalém and there was none 〈◊〉 burye them 4 We are a reproche to our neighbours euen a scorne and derision vnto them that are round about vs. 5 Lord how long wilt thou be angrie for euer shal thy gelousie burne like fyer 6 * Powre out thy wrath vpon the heathē that haue not knowen thee and vpon the kingdomes that haue not called vpon thy Name 7 For thei haue deuoured Iaakób and made his dwelling place desolate 8 Reméber not against vs the former iniquities but make haste let thy tēder mercies preuent vs for we are in great miserie 9 Helpe vs ô God of our saluacion for the glorie of thy Name and deliuer vs and be merciful vnto our sinnes for thy name sake 10 Wherefore shulde the heathen saie Where is their God let him be knowen among the heathen in our sight by the vengeance of the blood of thy seruants that is shed 11 Let the sighing of the prisoners come before thee according to thy mightie arme preserue the children of death 12 And render to our neighbours seuen folde into their bosome their reproche where with they haue reproched thee ô Lord. 13 So wethy people and shepe of thy pasture shal praise thee for euer and frō generation to generation we wil set forthe thy praise PSAL. LXXX 1 A lamentable praier to God to helpe the miseries of his Church 8 Desiring him to consider their first estate when his fauour shined towards them to the intent that he might finish that worke which he had begonne ¶ To him that excelleth on Shoshannim Edúth A Psalme commited to Asáph 1 HEare ô thou Shepherd of Israél thou that leadest Ioséph like shepe shew thy brightenes thou that sittest betwene the Cherubims 2 Before Ephráim and Beniamin Manasséh stirre vp thy streugth and come to helpe vs. 3 Turne vs againe ô God and cause thy face to shine that we maie be saued 4 O Lord God of hostes how long wilt thou be angrie against the praier of thy people 5 Thou hast fed thē with the bread of teares and giuen them teares to drinke with greate measure 6 Thou hast made vs a strife vnto our neigh bours and our enemies laugh at vs among them selues 7 Turne vs againe ô God of hostes cause thy face to shine and we shal be saued 8 Thou hast broght a vine out of Egypt thou hast cast out the heathen and planted it 9 Thou madest roume for it and didest cause it to take roote and it filled the land 10 The moūtaines were couered with the shadow of it the boughs thereof were like the goodlie cedres 11 She stretched out her brāches vnto the Sea and her boughes vnto the Riuer 12 Why hast thou then broken downe her hedges so that all thei which passe by the waie haue plucked her 13 The wilde bore out of the wood hat he destroied it and the wilde beastes of the field haue eaten it vp 14 Returne we beseche thee ô God of hostes loke downe from heauen and beholde and visit this vine 15 And the vine yarde that thy right hand hathe planted and the yong vine which thou madest strong for thy self 16 It is burnt with fyer and cut downe and they 〈◊〉 at the rebuke of thy countenance 17 Let thine hand be vpon the man of thy right hād vpō the sonne of mā whome thou madest strong for thine owne self 18 So wil not we go backe from thee reuiue thou vs and we shal call vpon thy Name 19 Turne vs againe ô Lord God of hostes cause thy face to shine and we shal be saued PSAL. LXXXI 1 An exhortation to praise God bothe in heart and voice for his benefites 8 And to worship him onely 11 God cō dēneth their ingratitude 12 And sheweth what great be nefites thei haue lost through their owne malice ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Gittith A Psalme commited to Asáph 1 SIng ioy fully vnto God our strength sing loude vnto the God of Iaakób 2 Take the song and bring forthe the timbrel the pleasant harpe with the viole 3 Blowe the trūpet in the c newmoone euen in the time appointed at our feast daie 4 For this is a statute for Israél and a Law of the God of Iaak ób 5 He set this in Ioséph for a testimonie whē he came out of the land of Egypt where I heard a language that I vnderstode not 6 I haue withdrawē his shulder from the bur den and his hands haue left the pottes 7 Thou calldest in affliction and I deliuered thee answered thee in the secret of the thunder I proued thee at the waters of Me ribáh Sélah 8 Heare ô my people and I wil protest vnto thee o Israél if thou wilt heark en vnto me 9 Let there be no strange god in thee nether worship thou anie strange God 10 For I am the Lord thy God which broght thee out of the land of Egypt open thy mouth wide and I wil fil it 11 But my people wolde not heare my voyce and Israél wolde none of me 12 So I gaue thē vp into the hardenes of their heart and they haue walked in their owne counsels 13 Oh that my people had hearkened vnto me and Israél had walked in my wayes 14 I wolde sone haue humbled their enemies turned mine hād against their aduersaries 15 The haters of the Lord shuld haue bene subiect vnto him and their time shuld
man slaine thou hast scattered thine ennemies with thy mightie arme 11 The heauens are thine the earth also is thine thou hast laied the fundacion of the worlde and all that therein is 12 Thou hast created the North the South Tabór and Hermôn shall reioyce in thy Name 13 Thou hast a mightie arme strong is thine hand and highis thy right hand 14 Righteousnes and equitie are the stablishment of thy throne mercie and trueth go before thy face 15 Blessed is the people that can reioyce in thee they shall walke in the light of thy countenance ô Lord. 16 They shal reioyce cōtinually in thy name and in thy righteousnes shalt they exalte themselues 17 For thou art the glorie of their strēgth and by thy fauour our hornes shal be exalted 18 For our shield apperteineth to the lord and our King to the Holie one of Israél 19 Thou spakest then in a visiō vnto thine Holie one and saidest I haue laied helpe vpon one that is mightie I haue exalted one chosen out of the people 20 I haue founde Dauid my seruante with mine holie oyle haue I anointed him 21 Therefore myne hande shal be established with him and myne arme shall strengthen him 22 The enemie shal not oppresse him nether shal the wicked hurt him 23 But I will destroy his foes before his face and plague them that hate him 24 My trueth also my mercie shal be with him and in my Name shall his horne be exalted 25 I will set his hand also in the sea and hys right hand in the floods 26 He shal crye vnto me Thou art my Father my GOD and the rocke of my saluacion 27 Also I wil make him my first borne higher then the Kings of the earth 28 My mercie will I kepe for hym for euermore and my couenant shal stand fast with him 29 His sede also will I make to endure for euer and his throne as the dayes of heauē 30 But if his children forsake my Lawe and walke not in my iudgements 31 * If they breake my statutes kepe not my commandements 32 Then will I visite their transgression with the rod and their iniquitie with strokes 33 Yet my louing kindenes will I not take from him nether wil I falsifie my trueth 34 My couenant will I not breake nor alter the thynge that is gone out of my lippes 35 I haue sworne once by mine holines that I wil not faile Dauid saying 36 His sede shal endure for euer his throne shal be as the sunne before me 37 He shal be established for euermore as the moone and as a faithfull witnes in the heauen Sélah 38 But thou hast reiected and abhorred thou hast bene an grie with thine Anointed 39 Thou hast broken the couenant of thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his e crowne casting it on the grounde 40 Thou hast broken downe all his walles thou hast layed his forteresses in ruine 41 All that go by the waye spoile him he is a rebuke vnto his neighbours 42 Thou haste set vp the right hande of hys enemies and made all his aduersaries to reioyce 43 Thou hast also turned the edge of hys sworde and hast not made him to stande in the battel 44 Thou hast caused his dignitie to decay cast his throne to the grounde 45 The dayes of his youth hast thou shortened and couered him with shame 〈◊〉 46 Lord how long wilt thou hide thy selfe for euer shal thy wrath burne like fyre 47 Remember of what time I am wherfore shuldest thou create in vaine all the children of men 48 What man liueth and shall not se death shal he deliuer his soule from the hand of the graue Sélah 49 Lord where are thy former mercies whiche thou swarest vnto Dauid in thy trueth 50 Remember ô Lord the rebuke of thy seruants which I beare in my bosome of all the mightie people 51 For thine enemies haue reproched thee ô Lord because they haue reproched the fotesteppes of thine Anointed 52 Praised be the Lord for euermore So be it euen so be it PSAL. XC 1 〈◊〉 in his praier setteth before vs the eternall sauour of God toward his 3 Who are nether admonished by the breuitie of their life 7 Nor by his plagues to be thākful 12 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 praieth God to turne 〈◊〉 hearts and continue his 〈◊〉 toward them and 〈◊〉 posteritie for euer ¶ A praier of Mosês the man of God 1 LOrd thou haste bene our habitacion from generacion to generacion 2 Before the mountaines were made and before thou hadest formed the earth and the worlde euen from euerlasting to euerlasting thou art our God 3 Thou turnest man to destruction againe thou saiest Returne ye sonnes of Adám 4 For a thousand yeres in thy sight are as yesterdaie when it is past and as a watche in the night 5 Thou hast ouerflowed them they are as a slepe in the morning he groweth like the grasse 6 In the morning it florisheth and groweth but in the euening it is cut downe and withereth 7 For we are consumed by thine angre by thy wrath are we troubled 8 Thou hastset our iniquities before thee and our secret sinnes in the light of thy countenance 9 For all our dayes are past in thine angre we haue spent our yeres as a thoght 10 The time of our life is threscore yeres ten and if they be of strength foure score yeres yet their strength is but labour and sorowe for it is cut of quickly and we flee away 11 Who knoweth the power of thy wrath for according to thy feare is thine angre 12 Teache vs so to nomber our dayes that we maie applie our hearts vnto wisdome 13 Returne ô Lord how long be pacified toward thy seruants 14 Fill vs with thy mercye in the mornyng so shall we reioyce and be glad all our dayes 15 Comfort vs according to the dayes that thou hast afflicted vs and accordynge to the yeres that we haue sene euil 16 Let thy worke be sene towarde thy seruants and thy glorie vpon their childrē 17 And let the beautie of the Lord our God be vpon vs and direct thou the worke of our hands vpon vs euen direct the worke of our hande PSAL. XCI 1 Here is described in what assurance he 〈◊〉 that putteth his whole truste in God and 〈◊〉 him selfe wholly to his protection in 〈◊〉 14 A promes of God to those that loue him 〈◊〉 hym and truste in him to deliuer them and giue them immortal glorie 1 WHo sodwelleth in the secret of the moste High shal abide in the shadow of the Almightie 2 I will say vnto the Lorde O myne hope and my fortres he is my God in him wil I trust 3 Surely he wil deliuer thee from the
people and the shepe of hys pasture 4 Enter into his gates with praise into his courtes with reioycing praise hym blesse his Name 5 For the Lord is good his mercie is euerlasting and his trueth is from generacion to generacion PSAL. CI. 1 Dauid describeth what gouernement he will obserue in his house and kingdome 5 He wil punish and correct by rooting forthe the wicked 6 And cherishing the godlie persones ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Will sing mercie and iudgement vnto thee ô Lord wil I sing 2 I wil do wisely in the persite waie til thou comest to me I will walke in the vprightnes of mine hearte in the middes of myne house 3 I wil set no wicked thing before mine eies I hate the worke of them that fall awaie it shal not cleaue vnto me 4 A froward hearte shall depart from me I wil knowe none euil 5 Him that priuely sclan dereth his neighbour wil I destroie him that hath a proude loke and high heart I can not suffer 6 Mine eies shal be vnto the faithful of the land that they maie dwell with me he that walketh in a perfit waie he shal serue me 7 There shall no deceitfull persone dwell within mine house he that telleth lies shal not remaine in my sight 8 Betimes will I destroye all the wicked of the land that I maie cut of all the workers of iniquitie from the Citie of the Lord. PSAL. CII 1 It semeth that this praier was appointed to ' the faithfull to praie in the captiutie of 〈◊〉 16 A consolation for the building of the Church 18 whereof followeth the praise of God to be published vnto all posteritie 〈◊〉 The conuersion of the Gentiles 28 And the stabilitie of the Church ¶ A praier of the afflicted when he shal be in distres and powre forthe his meditation before the Lord. 1 O Lord heare my praier let my crye come vnto thee 2 Hide not thy face from me in the time of my trouble in cline thine eares vnto me when I call make haste to heare me 3 For my daies are consumed like smoke my bones are burnt like an herth 4 Mine heartis smitten and withereth like grasse because I forgate to eat my bread 5 For the voice of my groning my bones do cleaue to my skin 6 I am like a pelicane of the wildernes I am like an owle of the deserts 7 I watche and am as a sparowe alone vpon the house toppe 8 Mine enemies reuile me daiely and thei that rage against me haue sworne against me 9 Surely I haue eaten ashes as breade and mingled my drinke with weping 10 Because of thine indignation and thy wrath for thou hast heaued me vp and cast me downe 11 My daies are like a shado we that fadeth and I am withered like grasse 12 But thou ô Lord doest remaine for euer and thy remembrance from generacion to generacion 13 Thou wilt arise haue mercie vpō Zión for the time to haue mercie thereō for the appointed time is come 14 For thy seruāts delite in the stones the-reof and haue pitie on the dust thereof 15 Then the heathen shal feare the Name of the Lord and all the Kings of the earth thy glorie 16 When the Lord shal buylde vp Zión and shal appeare in his glorie 17 And shal turne vnto the praier of the desolate and not despise their praier 18 This shal be writen for the generacion to come and the people which shal be created shal praise the Lord. 19 For he hath loked downe from the height of his Sanctuarie out of the heauē did the Lord beholde the earth 20 That he might heare the mourning of the prisoner and deliuer the childrē of death 21 That they maye declare the Name of the LORD in Zión and hys prayse in Ierusalém 22 When the people shal be gathered together and the kyngdomes to serue the Lord. 23 He abated my strength in the waye shortened my daies 24 And I said O my God take me not away in the middes of my daies thy yeres endure from generacion to generacion 25 Thou hast a foretime laied the fundation of the earth and the heauēs are the worke of thine hands 26 Thei shall perishe but thou shalt endure euen thei all shal waxe olde as doeth a garment as vesture shalt thouchange them and thei shal be changed 27 But thou art the same and ' thy yeres shal not faile 28 The children of thy seruants shal continue and their sede shal stand fast in thy sight PSAL. CIII 1 He prouoketh all to praise the Lord which hathe pardoned his sinnes deliuered him from destruction and giuen him sufficient of all good things 10 Then head deth the ten dre mercies of God which he sheweth likea moste tendre Father towards his childrē 14 The frailtie of mans life 20 An exhortation to man and Angels to praise the Lord. 1 MY soule praise thou the Lord and all that is within me praise his holie Name 2 My soule praise thou the Lord and forget not all his benefites 3 Which forgiueth all thine iniquitie and healeth all thine in firmities 4 Which redemeth thy life from the graue and crowneth thee with mercie and compassions 5 Which satisfieth thy mouth with good things and thy youth is renued like the egles 6 The Lord executeth righteousnes and iud gement to all that are oppressed 7 He made his waies knowen vnto Mosés his workes vnto the children of Israél 8 The Lord is ful of compassion and mercie slowe to angre and of great kindenes 9 He wil not alwaie chide nether kepe his angre for euer 10 He hathe not dealt with vs after our sinnes nor rewarded vs according to our ini quities 11 For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth so great is his mercie toward them that feare him 12 As farre as the East is from the West so farre hathe he remoued our sinnes fromvs 13 As a father hathe compassion on his children so hathe the Lord compassion on thē that feare him 14 For he knoweth whereof we be made he remembreth that we are but dust 15 The daies of man are as grasse as a flower of the field so florisheth he 16 For the winde goeth ouer it and it is gone and the place thereof shal knowe it nomore 17 But the louing kindenes of the Lord endureth for euer vpon them that feare him and his righteousnes vpon childrēs children 18 Vnto them that kepe his couenant and thinke vpon his commandements to do them 19 The Lord hathe prepared his throne in heauen and his kingdome ruleth ouer all 20 Praise the Lord ye his Angels that excel in strength that do his commandement in obeying the voice of his worde 21 Praise the Lord all ye his
blacke and darke 10 And be hold there met him a woman with an harlots behauiour and subtil in heart 11 She is babling and lowde whose fete cā not abide in her house 12 Now she is without now in the stretes lieth in waite at euerie corner 13 So she caught him and kissed him with an impudent face said vnto him 14 I haue peace offrings this daye haue I paied my vowes 15 Therefore came I forth to mete thee that I might sekethy face I haue foūde thee 16 I haue deckt my bed with ornamēts carpets and laces of Egypt 17 I haue perfumed my bed with myrrhe aloes and cynamom 18 Come let vs take our fil of loue vntil the mornig let vs take our pleasure in 〈◊〉 19 For mine housband is not at home he is gone a iourney farre of 20 〈◊〉 hathe taken with him a bagge of siluer and will come home at the daye appointed 21 Thus with her great craft she caused him to yelde and with her slattering lippes she entised him 22 And he followed her straight waies as an oxe that goeth to the slaughter as a foole to the stockes for correction 23 Till a darte strike through his liuer as a birde hasteth to the snare not knowing that he is in danger 24 ¶ Heare me now therefore ō children hearken to the wordes of my mouth 25 Let not thine heart decline to her wayes wander thou not in her paths 26 For she hathe caused manie to fall downe wounded and the stronge men are all slayne by her 27 Her house is the waie * vnto the graue which goeth downe to the chābers of death CHAP. VIII 1 Wisdome declareth her excellencie 11 Riches 15 Power 22 Eternitie 32 She exhorteth all to loue followe her 1 DOeth * not wisdome crye and vnderstanding vtter her voyce 2 She standeth in the top of the high places by the way in the place of the paths 3 She cryeth besides the gates before the citie at the entrie of the dores 4 O mē I call vnto you and vtter my voice to the children of men 5 O ye foolishe men vnderstand wisdome and ye Ô fooles be wise in heart 6 Giue 〈◊〉 for I will speake of excellent things and the opening of my lippes shal teache things that be right 7 For my mouth shal speake the trueth and my lippes abhorre wickednes 8 All the wordes of my mouthe are righteous there is no lewdenes nor fro wardenes in them 9 Thei are all plaine to him that wil vnderstand and straight to them that wold finde knowledge 10 Receiue mine instruction and not siluer and knowledge rather then fine golde 11 For wisdome is better then precious stones and all pleasures are not to be compared vnto her 12 I wisdome dwel with prudēce and I finde forthe knowledge and counsels 13 The feare of the Lord is to hate euil as pride and arrogancie and the euill waye and a mouth that speaketh lewde things I do hate 14 I haue counsel and wisdome I am vnderstanding and I haue strength 15 By me Kings reigne and princes decree iustice 16 By me princes rule and the nobles and all the iudges of the earth 17 I loue them that loue me thei that seke me early shal finde me 18 Riches and honour are with me euen durable riches and righteousnes 19 My frute is better then golde euen then fine golde and my reuenues better then fine siluer 20 I cause to walke in the waie of righteous nes and in the middes of the pathes of iudgement 21 That I maie cause thē that loue me to inherite substance I wil fil their treasures 22 The Lord hath possessed me in the beginning of his waie I was before his workes of olde 23 I was set vp from euerlasting frome the beginning and before the earth 24 When there were no depths was I begotten when there were no fountaines abunding with water 25 Before the mountaines were setled and before the hilles was I begotten 26 He had not yet made the earthe nor the open places nor the height of the dust in the worlde 27 Whē he prepared the heauēs I was there when he set the compas vpon the depe 28 When he established the cloudes aboue whē he cōfirmed the foūtaines of the depe 29 When he gaue his decree to the sea that the waters shulde not passe his commādement when he appointed the fundacions of the earth 30 Then was I with him as a nourisher and I was daily his delite reioycing alwaie before him 31 And toke my solace in the compasse of his earth and my delite is with the chil dren of men 32 Therefore now hearken ô children vnto me for blessed are thei that kepe my waie 33 Heare instruction and be ye wise refuse it not blessed is the man that heareth me watching daily at my gates and giuing attendance at the postes of my dores 34 For he that fin deth me fin deth life and shal obteine fauour of the Lord. 35 But he that sinneth against me hurteth his owne soule and all that hate me loue death CHAP IX 2 Wisdome calleth all to her feast 7 The scorner wil not be corrected 10 The feare of God 13 The conditions of the harlot 1 WIsdome hathe buylt her house hewen out her seuen pillers 2 She hathe killed her vitailes drawen her wine and prepared her table 3 She hathe sent forthe her maidens and cryeth vpon the higgest places of the citie 〈◊〉 4 Whoso is simple let him come hether to him that is destitute of wisdom she saith 5 Come and eat of my meat and drinke of the wine that I haue drawen 6 Forsake your way ye foolish and ye shal liue walke in the waie of vnderstanding 7 He that reproueth a scorner purchasseth to him self shame and he that rebuketh the wicked getteth him self a blot 8 Rebuke not a scorner lest he hate thee but rebuke a wise mā he wil loue thee 9 Giue admonicion to the wise and he wil be the wiser teache a righteous man and he wil increase in learning 10 The beginning of wisdome is the feare of the Lord and the knowledge of holy things is vnderstanding 11 For thy dayes shal be multiplied by me and the yeres of thy life shal be augmented 12 If thou be wise thou shalt be wise for thy self and if thou be a scorner thou alone shalt suffre 13 ¶ A foolish woman is troublesome she is ignorant and knoweth nothing 14 But she sitteth at the dore of her house on a seat in the hye places of the citie 15 To call them that passe by the way that go right on their way saying 16 Who so is simple let him come hether and to him that is destitute of
of death 13 Euen in laughing the heart is sorowful and the end of that mirth is heauines 14 The heart that declineth shal be saciate with his owne wayes but a good man shal departe from him 15 The foolish wil beleue euerie thing but the prudent wil consider his steppes 16 A wise man eareth and departeth from euil but a foole rageth and is careles 17 He that is hastie to angre committeth folie and a busie bodie is hated 18 The foolish do inheritie folie but the prudent are crowned with knowledge 19 The euil shal bowe before the good and the wicked at the gates of the righteous 20 The poore is 〈◊〉 euē of his owne neigh bour but the friēds of the riche are manie 21 The sinner despiseth his neighbour but he that hathe mercie on the poore is blessed 22 Do not they erre that imagine euil 〈◊〉 but to them that thinke on good things shal be mercie and trueth 23 In all labour there is abundance but the talke of the lippes bringeth onely want 24 The 〈◊〉 of the wise is their riches and the folie of fooles is foolishnes 25 A faithful witnes deliuereth soules but a disceiuer speaketh lies 26 In the feare of the Lord is an assured strength and his children shal haue hope 27 The feare of the Lord is as a well spring of life to auoide the snares of death 28 In the multitude of the people is the ho nour of a King and for the want of people cometh the destruction of the prince 29 He that is slowe to wrath is of great wis dome but he that is of an hastie minde exalteth folie 30 A sound heart is the life of the flesh but enuie is the rotting of the bones 31 * He that oppresseth the poore reproueth him that made him but he honoreth him that hathe mercie on the poore 32 The wicked shal be cast away for his malice but the righteous hathe hope in his death 33 Wisdome resteth in the heart of him that hathe vnderstanding and is knowē in the mindes of fooles 34 Iustice exalteth a nation but sinne is a shame to the people 35 The pleasure of a King is in a wise seruāt but his wrath shal be toward him that is lewde CHAP XV. 1 A * Soft answer putteth away wrath but grieuous wordes stirre vp angre 2 The tongue of the wise vseth knowledge aright but the mouth of fooles * bableth out foolishnes 3 The eyes of the Lord in euerie place behol de the euil and the good 4 A wholsome tongue is as a tre of life but the frowardnes thereof is the breaking of the minde 5 A foole despiseth his fathers instruction but he that regardeth correctiō is prudēt 6 The house of the righteous hathe muche treasure but in the reuenues of the wicked is trouble 7 The lippes of the wise do spread abroad knowledge but the heart of the foolish doeth not so 8 The sacrifice of the wicked is a bomin ation to the Lord but the praier of the righ teous is acceptable vnto him 9 The way of the wicked is an abominacion vnto the Lord but he loueth him that fol loweth righteousnes 10 Instructiō is euil to him that for saketh the way and he that hateth correction shal dye 11 Hel destructiō are before the lord how much more the hearts of the sonnes of mē 12 A scorner loueth not him that rebuketh him nether wil he go vnto the wise 13 * A ioyful heart maketh a chereful countenance but by the sorow of the heart the minde is heauie 14 The heart of him that hathe vnderstanding seketh knowledge but the mouthe of the foole is fed with foolishnes 15 All the daies of the afflicted are euil but a good conscience is a continual feast 16 * Better is a litle with the feare of the lord thē great treasure and trouble therewith 17 Better is a dinner of grene herbes were loue is then a stalled oxe hatred therewith 18 * An angrie man stirreth vp strife but he that is slowe to wrath appeaseth strife 19 The way of a slouthful man is as an hedge of thornes but the way of the righteous is plaine 20 * A wise sonne reioyceth the father but a foolish man despiseth his mother 21 Foolishnes is ioye to him that is destitute of vnderstanding but a man of vnderstanding walketh vprightly 22 Without coūsel toghtes come to nought but f in the multitude of counsellers there is stedfastnes 23 A ioye cometh to a mā by the answer of his mouth and how good is a worde in due season 24 The waie of life is on high to the prudēt to auoide from hel beneth 25 The Lord wil destroy the house of the prou de men but he wil stablish the borders of the widowe 26 The thoghts of the wicked are abomination to the Lord but the pure haue plea sant wordes 27 He that is gredie of gaine troubleth his owne house but he that hateth giftes shal liue 28 The heart of the righteous studieth to an swer but the wicked mans mouth bableth euil things 29 The Lord is farre of from the wicked but he heareth the praier of the righteous 30 The light of the eies reioyceth the heart and a good name ma keth the bones fat 31 The eare that hearkeneth to the correction of life shal lodge among the wise 32 He that refuseth instruction despiseth his owne soule but he that obeieth correctiō getteth vnderstanding 33 The feare of the Lord is the instruction of wisdome and before honour goeth humilitie CHAP. XVI 1 THe preparations of the heart are in man but the answer of the tōgue is of the Lord. 2 All the waies of a man are cleane in his o wne eies but the lord pōdereth the spirits 3 Cōmit thy workes vnto the Lord thy thoghts shal be directed 4 The Lord hathe made all things for his owne sake yea euen the wicked for the day of euil 5 All that are proude in earth are an abomi nation to the Lord thogh * hand ioyne in hand he shal not be vnpunished 6 By mercie and trueth iniquitie shal be forgiuē and by the feare of the Lord they departe from euil 7 When the waies of a man please the Lord he wil make also his enemies at peace with him 8 * Betteri litle with righteousnes then great reuenues without equitie 9 The heart of mā purposeth his way but the Lord doeth direct his steppes 10 A diuine sentence shal be in the lippes of the King his mouth shal not transgresse iniudgement 11 * A true weight and balance are of the Lord all the weights of the bagge are his worke 12 It is an abominacion to Kings to commit wickednes for the throne isstablished by iustice 13 Righteous lippes are the
my praise 15 Beholde they say vnto me Where is the worde of the Lord letit come now 16 But I haue not trust in my self for a pastor after thee nether haue I desired the daye of miserie thou knowest that which came out of my lippes was right before thee 17 Be not terrible vnto me thou art mine hope in the day of aduersitie 18 Let them be confounded that persecute me but let not me be confounded let them be afraid but let not me be afraid bring vpon thē the day of aduersitie destroy them with double destruction 19 Thus hathe the Lord said vnto me Go and stand in the gate of the children of the peo ple whereby the Kings of Iudáh come in by the whiche they go out in all the gates of Ierusalém 20 And say vnto them Heare the worde of the Lord ye Kings of Iudáh and all 〈◊〉 udáh and all the in habitants of Ierusalém that entre in by these gates 21 Thus 〈◊〉 the Lord Take hede to your soules and beare no burden in the Sabbath day nor bring it in by the gates of Ierusalém 22 Nether carye forthe burdens out of your houses in the Sabbath day nether do ye anie worke but sanctifie the Sabbath as I commanded your fathers 23 But they obeyed not nether inclined their eares but made their neckes stiffe and wolde notheare nor receiue correction 24 Neuertheles if ye wil heare me saith the Lord and be are no burden through the gates of the citie in the Sabbath day but 〈◊〉 fie the Sabbath day so that ye do no worke therein 25 Then shal the Kings and the princes entre in at the gates of this citie and shal sit vpon the throne of Dauid and shal ride vpon cha rets and vpon horses bothe they and their princes the men of Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and this citie shal remaine for euer 26 And they shal come from the cities of Iudáh and from about Ierusalém and from the lād of Beniamin and from the plaine and from the mountaines and from the South 〈◊〉 shal bring burnt offrings and sacrifices and meat offrings and incense shal bring sacrifice of praise into the House of the Lord. 27 But if ye wil not heare me to sanctifie the Sabbath daye and not to beare a burdē nor to go through the gates of Ierusalém in the Sabbath daye then wil I kindle a fyre in the gates thereof and it shal deuoure the palaces of Ierusalém and it shal not be quenched CHAP. XVIII 2 God sheweth by the example of a potter that it is in his power to destroye the dispicers of his worde 18 The con spiracie of 〈◊〉 Iewes against 〈◊〉 19 His prayer against his aduersaries 1 THe worde whiche came to Ieremiáh frō the Lord saying 2 Arise go downe into the potters house there shal I shewe thee my wordes 3 Then I went downe to the potters house beholde he wroght a worke on the wheles 4 And the vessel that he made of claye was broken in the hand of the potter so he retur ned made it another vessel as semed good to the potter to make it 5 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 6 O house of Israél can not I do with you as this potter saith the LORD beholde as the claie is in the potters hād so are you in mine hand o house of Israél 7 I wil speake suddenly against a nation or a againste a kingdome to plucke it vp and to roote it out and to destroye it 8 But if this nation against whome I haue pro nounced turne from their wickednes I wil repent of the plague that I thoght to bring vpon them 9 And I wil speake suddenly concerning a nacion and concerning a kingdome to buylde it and to plant it 10 But if it do euil in my sight and heare not my voyce I wil repent of the good that I thoght to do for them 11 Speake thou now therefore vnto the men of Iudáh and to the inhabitāts of Ierusalém saying Thus saith the Lord Beholde I prepa re a plague for you purpose a thing against you returne you therefore euerie one from his euil waye and make your wayes your workes good 12 But they said desperatly Surely we wil walke after our owne imaginacions and do euerie man after the stubbernes of his wicked heart 13 Therefore thus saith the Lord Aske now among the heathen who hathe heard suche things the virgine of Israél hathe done verie filthily 14 Wil a man forsake the snowe of Lebanōn which cometh from the rocke of the field or shal the 〈◊〉 slowing waters that come from another place be forsaken 15 Because my people hathe forgotten me haue burnt incense to vanitie and their Prophetes haue cause them to stumble in their wayes from the ancient wayes to walke in the paths and waye that is not troden 16 To make their land desolate a perpetual derisiō so that euerie one that passeth ther by shal be astonished and wagge his head 17 I wil scattre them with an East winde before the enemie I wil she we them the backe and not the face in the day of their destruction 18 Then said they Come and let vs imagine some deuise againste Ieremiáh for the Law shal not perish from the Priest nor counsel from the wise nor the worde from the Prophet come and let vs smite him with the tō gue and let vs not giue hede to any of his wordes 19 Hearken vnto me ô Lord and heare the voy ce of them that contend with me 20 Shal euil be recompēced for good for they haue digged a pit for my soule remembre that I stode before thee to speake good for them and to turne away thy wrath from them 21 Therefore deliuer vp their children to famine and let them drop away by the force of the sworde and let their wiues be robbed of their children and be widdowes and let their housbands be put to death and let their yongmen be slayne by the sworde in the battel 22 Let the crye be heard from their houses when thou shalt bring an hoste suddēly vpon them for they haue digged a pit to take me and hid snares for my fete 23 Yet Lord thou knowest all their counsel against me tēdeth to death forgiue not their iniquitie nether put out their sinne from thy sight but let them be ouerthrowen before thee deale thus with them in the time of thine angre CHAP. XIX He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalém for the contempt and despisyng of the worde of God 1 THus said the Lord Go and bye an earthē bottel of a potter take of the anciēts of the people and of the ancients of the Priests 2 And go forthe vnto the vallei of Ben-hinnom which is by the entrie of the East gate thou shalt preache
of iudgement CHAP. III. 1 Of the messenger of the Lord Iohn Baptist and of Christs 〈◊〉 1 BEholde I wil send my messenger and he shal prepare the way before me and the Lord whome ye seke shal spedely come to his Temple euen the messenger of the couenāt whome ye desire beholde he shal come saith the Lord of hostes 2 But who may abide the day of his comming and who shal endure whē he appeareth for he is like a purging fyre and like fullers sope 3 And he shall sit downe to trye and fine the siluer he shal euen fine the sonnes of Leui and purifie them as gold and siluer that they may bring offrings vnto the Lord in righteousnes 4 Then shal the offrings of Iudáh and Ierusalém be acceptable vnto the Lord as in olde time and in the yeres afore 5 And I wil come nere to you to iudgement and I wil be a swifte witnes against the sothe sayers and against the adulterers and against false swearers and against those that wrongfully kepe backe the hirelings wages and vexe the widdowe and the fatherles and oppresse the stranger and feare not me saith the Lord of hostes 6 For I am the Lord I change not ye sonnes of Iaakób are not consumed 7 From the daies of your fathers ye are go ne away from mine ordinances and haue not kept them returne vnto me and I wil returne vnto you saith the Lord of hostes but ye said Wherein shal we returne 8 Wil a man spoyle his gods yet haue ye spoyled me but ye say Wherein haue we spoyled thee In tythes and offrings 9 Ye are cursed with a cursse for ye haue spoyled me euen this whole nacion 10 Bring ye all the tythes into the store hou se that there may be meat in mine House proue me now herewith saith the Lord of hostes if I wil not open the windowes of heauen vnto you and powre you out a blessing without measure 11 And I wil rebuke the deuourer for your sakes and he shal not destroye the frute of your grounde nether shal your vine be baren in the field saith the Lord of hostes 12 And all nacions shal call you blessed sor ye shal be a pleasant land saith the Lord of hostes 13 Your wordes haue bene stoute against me saith the Lord yet ye say What haue we spoken against thee 14 Ye haue said It is in vaine to serue God and what profite is it that we haue kept his commandemēt and that we walked humbly before the Lord of hostes 15 Therefore we counte the proude blessed euen they that worke wickednes are set vp and they that tempte God yea thei are deliuered 16 Then spake they that feared the Lord euerie one to his neighbour and the Lord hearkened and heard it and a boke of remēbrance was writen before him for them that feared the Lord that thoght vpon his Name 17 And they shal be to 〈◊〉 Lord of ho stes in that day that 〈◊〉 this for a flocke and I wil spare them as a man spa reth his owne sonne that serueth him 18 Then shal you returne and discerne betwe ne the righteous and wicked betwene him that serueth God and him that serueth him not CHAP. IIII. The day of the Lord before the which Eliáh shulde come 1 FOr beholde the day cometh that shal burne as an ouen and all the proude yea and all that do wickedly shal be stubble and the day that cometh shal burne them vp saith the Lord of hostes and shal leaue them nether roote nor branche 2 But vnto you that feare my Name shal the Sunne of righteousnes arise and health shal be vnder his wings ye shal go forthe and growe vp as fat calues 3 And ye shal treade downe the wicked for they shal be dust vnder the soles of your fete in the day that I shal do this saith the Lord of hostes 4 Remember the Lawe of Mosés my seruāt which I commanded vnto him in Horéb for all Israél with the statutes and iudgements 5 Beholde I wil send you Eliáh the Prophet before the comming of the great and fea reful day of the Lord. 6 And he shal turne the heart of the fathers to the children and the heart of the children to their fathers lest I come and smite the earth with cursing APOCRYPHA THE ARGVMENT THese bokes that follow in order after the Prophetes vnto the Newe testament are called Apocrypha that is bokes which were not receiued by a commune consent to be red and expounded publikely in the Church nether yet serued to proue any point of Christian religion saue in asmuche as they had the consent of the other Scriptures called Canonical to confirme the same or rather whereon they were grounded but as bokes proceding from godlie men were receiued to be red for the aduancement and furtherance of the knowledge of historie and for the instruction of godlie maners which bokes declare that at all times God had an especial care of his Church and left them not vtterly destitute of teachers and meanes to confirme them in the hope of the promised Messiah also witnesse that those calamites that God sent to his Church were according to his prouidence who had bothe so threatened by his Prophetes and so broght it to passe for the destruction of their enemies and for the tryal of his children I. Esdras CHAP. I. 1 Iosias appointeth Priestes and kepeth the Passeouer 〈◊〉 Offrings for the Priests and the people 11 The order of the Leuites 23 The vpright life of Iosias 25 His death the occasion thereof and the lamentation for him 34 Ioa chaz appointed King 〈◊〉 The destruction of Ierusalem 1 ANd Iosias kept the Passeouer to his lord in Ierusalem and of fred the Passe ouerin the fourtenth day of the first moneth 2 And appointed the Priests in order according to the dailie courses being clo thed with long garments in the Temple of the Lord. 3 And he spake to the Leuites the holy ministers of Israél that they shulde sanctifie them selues to the Lord to set the holy Arke of the Lord in the House which Salo mon the sonne of King Dauid had buylt 4 And said Ye shal nomore beare the Arke vpon your shulders now therefore serue the Lord your God and take the charge of his people of Israél and prepare according to your families and tribes 5 After the writing of Dauid King of Israél and according to the maiestie of Salomôn his sonne and stand in the Temple according to the ordre of the dignitie of your fa ther 's the Leuites which were appointed before your brethren the children of Israél 6 Offer in ordre the Passeouer and make readie the sacrifices for your brethren and kepe the Passe ouer after the Lords commā dement giuen to moyses 7 And
things be performed which thou shalt beginne to write 26 And then shalt thou declare some things openly vnto the perfite men some things shalt thou shewe secretly vnto the wise to morowe this houre shalt thou beginne to write 27 Then went I for the as he commāded me and gathered all the people together and said 28 Heare these wordes ô Israel 29 * Our father 's at the beginning were strāgers in Egypt from whence they were deliuered 30 And receiued the Law of life * which they kept not which ye also haue transgressed after them 31 Then was the land euen the lande of Sion parted among you by lot but your fathers and ye also haue done vnrighteously and haue not kept the wayes which the moste High commanded you 32 And for so muche as he is a righteous Iudge he toke from you in time the thing that he had giuen you 33 And now are ye here and your brethren among you 34 Therefore if so be that ye wil subdue your owne vnderstanding and reforme your heart ye shal be kept aliue and after death shal ye obteine mercie 35 For after death shal the iudgement come when we shal liue againe and then shal the names of the righteous be manifest the workes of the vngodlie shal be declared 36 Let no man therefore come now vnto me nor seke me these fortie daies 37 So I toke the fiue men as he commanded me and we went into the fielde and remayned there 38 The next daye beholde a voice called me saying Esdras * opē thy mouth drinke that I giue thee to drinke 39 Then opened I my mouth and behold he reached me a full cuppe which was full as it were with water but the colour of it was like fyre 40 And I toke it and dranke and when I had dronke it mine hearte had vnderstanding and wisdome grewe in my brest for my spirit was strengthened in memorie 41 And my mouth was opened and shut no more 42 The moste High gaue vnderstanding vnto the fiue men that they wrote the hie things of the night which they vnderstode not 43 But in the night they did eat bread but 〈◊〉 spake by day and helde not my tongue by night 44 In fortie daies they wrote two hundreth and foure bokes 45 And when the fortie dayes were fulfilled the moste High spake saying The first that thou hast writen publish openlye that the worthie and vnworthie may read it 46 But kepe the seuentie last that thou maiest gyue them to the wise amonge thy people 47 Forin them is the veine of vnderstanding and the fountaine of wisdome and the riuer of knowledge and I did so CHAP. XV. 1 The prophecie of Esdras is certeine 5 The euils that shal come on the worlde 9 The Lord wil aduenge the innocent blood 12 Egypt shal lament 16 Sedicion 20 And punishment vpon the Kings of the earth 24 Cursed are they that sinne 29 Troubles and warres vpon the 〈◊〉 earth 53 God is the reuenger of his elect 1 BEholde speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie which I wil put in thy mouth saith the Lord 2 And cause them to be writen in a lettre for they are faithful and true 3 Feare not the imaginacions against thee let not the vnfaithfulnes of the speakers trouble thee that spake against thee 4 For euerye vnfaithfull shall dye in his vnfaithfulnes 5 Behold saith the Lord I wil bring plagues vpon all the worlde the sworde famine death and destruction 6 Because that iniquitie hathe fully polluted all the earth and their wicked workes are fulfilled 7 Therefore saith the Lord I will holde my tongue no more for their wickednes they do vngodlie nether wil I suffer them in the things that they do wickedly 8 Beholde * the innocent and righteous blood cryeth vnto me the soules of the iust crye continually 9 I wil surelye auenge them saith the Lord and receiue vnto me all the innocēt blood from among them 10 Beholde my people is led as a flocke to the slaughter I will not suffer them now to dwell in the land of Egypt 11 But I will bring them out with a mightie hand and a stretched out arme smite it with plagues as afore and will destroie all the land thereof 12 Egypt shall mourne and the fundacions thereof shal be smitten with the plague and punishment that GOD shall bring vpon it 13 The plo wemen that till the grounde shal mourne for their sedes shall faile thorowe the blasting and haile and by an horrible starre 14 Wo to the worlde and to them that dwel therein 15 For the sworde and their destructiō draweth nere and one people shall stand vp to fight against another with swordes in their hands 16 For there shal be sedicion among men and one shal inuade another they shal not regarde their King the princes shal measure their doings by their power 17 Amāshal desire to go into a citie and shal not be able 18 Because of their pride the cities shal be troubled the houses shal be afraied men shal feare 19 A man shal haue no pitie vpon his neighbour but shal destroye their houses with the sworde and their goods shal be spoyled for lacke of bread and because of great trouble 20 Beholde saith God I call together all the Kings of the earth to reuerence me which are from the East and from the South from the East and from Libanus to turne vpon them and to repay the things that they haue done to them 21 As they do yet this day vnto my chosen so wil I do also and recompense them in their bosome thus saith the Lord God 22 My right hand shal not spare the sinners nether shal the sworde cease from them that shed in nocent blood vpon earth 23 The fyre is gone out from his wrath and hathe consumed the fundacions of the earth and the sinners like the strawe that is kindled 24 Wo to them that sinne and kepe not my commandements saith the Lord. 25 I wil not spare them departe ô children from the power defile not my Sanctuarie 26 For the Lord knoweth all them that sinne against him and therefore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction 27 For now are the plagues come vpon the worlde and ye shal remaine in thē for God wil not deliuer you because ye haue sinned against him 28 Beholde an horrible vision cometh from the East 29 Where generacions of dragons of Arabia shal come out with manie charets and the multitude of them shal be caryed as the winde vpon the earth that all they which heare them may feare and tremble 30 Euen the Carmanians raging in wrath shal go for the as the bores of the forest and shal come with great power and stand against them in battel and shal destroye a porcion of the land of the Assyrians 31 But after this shal the dragons haue the vpper hand and
persecuters 4 Assur came from the mountaines forth of the North he came with thousands in hys armie * whose multitude hath shut vp the riuers and their horsemē haue couered the valleis 5 He said that he wolde burne vp my borders and kill my yong men with the sword and dash the sucking children agaynst the ground and make mine infants as a pray and my virgines a spoile 6 But the almightie Lord hathe broght thē to naught by the hand of a woman 7 For the mightie did not fall by the yong man nether did the sonnes of Titan smite him nor the hie gyants inuade him but Iudeth the daughter of Merari did discomfite him by the beautie of her countenance 8 For she put of the garment of her widdow hode for the exaltacion of those that were oppressed in Israél and anointed her face with ointement and bounde vp her heere in a coife and toke a linen garment to deceiue him 9 Her slippers rauished his eyes her beautie toke his minde prisoner and the fauchin passed through his necke 10 The Persians were a stonished at her bolde nes and the Medes were troubled with her hardines 11 But mine afflicted reioyced and my feble ones shouted then they feared they lifted vp their voyce and turned backe 12 The children of maides perced them and wounded them as they fled away like childrē they perished by the battel of the Lord 13 I wil sing vnto the Lord a song and praise O Lord thou art great and glorious maruc lous and inuincible in power 14 Let all thy creatures serue thee * for thou hast spoken and they were made thou hast sent thy Spirit and he made them vp and there is none that can resist thy voyce 15 For the mountaines leape vp from their fū dacions with the waters the rockes melt at thy presence like waxe yet thou art mer ciful to them that feare thee 16 For all 〈◊〉 is to litle for a swete sauour and all the fat is to litle for thy burnt offring but he that feareth the Lord is great at all times 17 Wo to the nacions that rise vp against my kinred the Lord almightie wil take vengeance of them in the day of iudgement in sending fyre and wormes vpon their flesh and they shal fele them and wepe for euer 18 ¶ After when they went vnto Ierusalém they worshipped the Lord and assone as the people were purified they offred their burnt offrings and their fre offrings and their giftes 19 Iudeth also offred all the stuffe of Olofernes which the people had giuen her and gaue the can opie which she had taken of his bed for an oblacion to the Lord. 20 So the people reioyced in Ierusalē by the Sanctuarie for the space of thre moneths and Iudeth remained with them 21 After this time euerie one returned to his owne inheritance and Iudeth went to Bethulia and remained in her owne possessiō and was for her time honorable in all the countrey 22 And manie desired her but none had her companie all the dayes of her life after that Manasses her housband was dead and was gathered to his people 23 But she increased more and more in honour and waxed olde in her housbands house being an hundreth and fiue yere old and made her maid fre so she dyed in Bethu lia and they buryed her in the graue of her housband Manasses 24 And * the house of Israel lamented her seuen daies and before she dyed she did distribute her goods to all them that were nerest of kinred to Manasses her housband and to them that were the nerest of her kinred 25 And there was none that made the children of Israel any more afraied in the daies of Iudeth nor a long time after her death ESTHER Certeine porcions of the storie of Esther vvhich are founde in some Greke and Latin translations which follow the tenth chapter 4 THEN Mardocheus said GOD hathe done these things 5 For I remember a dreame whiche I sawe concernyng these matters and there was nothing there of omitted 6 A litle fountaine whiche became a flood and was a light as the sunne and as much water this flood was Esther whome the King maried and made Quene 7 And the two dragons are I and Aman. 8 And the people are they that are assēbled to destroye the name of the Iewes 9 And my people is Israel whiche cryed to God and are saued for the Lord hath saued his people and the Lord hathe deliuered vs from all these euils and GOD hathe wroght signes and great wonders which haue not bene done among the Gentiles 10 Therefore hathe he made two lottes one for the people of God and another for all the Gentiles 11 And these two lottes came before GOD for all nations at the houre and time appointed and in the day of iudgement 12 So God remembred his owne people and iustified his inheritance 13 Therefore those dayes shal be vnto them in the moneth Adar the fortenth and fiftenth day of the same moneth with an assemblie and ioye and with gladnes before God according to the generatiōs for euer among his people CHAP. XI 1 IN the fourth yere of the reigne of Ptolomeus Cleopatra Dositheus who said he was a Priest and Leuite and Ptolomeus his sonne that broght the former letters of Phrurai whiche they said Lysimachus the sonne of Ptolomeus which was at Ierusalem interpreted 2 In the second yere of the reigne of greate Artaxerxes in the firste daye of the moneth Nisan Mardocheus the sonne of Iarus the sonne of Semei the sonne of Cis of the tribe of Beniamin had a dreame 3 A Iewe dwelling in the citie of Susis a noble mā that bare office in the Kings court 4 He was also one of the captiuirie whiche Nabuch odonosor the King of Babylon broght from Ierusalém with Iechomas 5 And this was his dreame Beholde a noyce of a tempest with thunders and earthquakes and vproare in the land 6 Beholde two great dragons came forthe ready to fight one against another 7 Their crye was great whereby all the heathen were ready to fight against the righteous people 8 And the same daye was full of darkenes obscuritie trouble anguish yea aduer sitie great afflictiō was vpon the earth 9 For then the righteous fearing their afflictions were amased and being readye to dye cryed vnto God 10 And while they were crying the litle wel grewe into a great riuer and flowed ouer with great waters 11 The light and the sunne rose vp and the lowlie were exalted and deuoured the glo rious 12 Now whē 〈◊〉 had sene this dreame he awoke and rose vp and thoght in his heart vntil the night what God wolde do so he desired to know all the matter CHAP. XII 1 AT the same time dwelt Mardocheus in the Kings court with Bagathas and Thara the Kings eunuches and kepers of the place 2 * But when he heard their purpose
7 * And in the time of their vision they shal shine and runne through as the sparkes among the stubble 8 They * shal iudge the nacions and haue do minion ouer the people their Lord shal reigne for euer 9 They that 〈◊〉 in him shal vnderstand the trueth and the faithful shal remaine with him in loue for grace and mercie is among his Saintes and he regardeth his elect 10 * But the vngodlie shal be punished according to their imaginacions for they haue despised the righteous and forsaken the Lord. 11 Who so despiseth wisdome and discipline is miserable and their hope is vaine and their labours are foolish and their workes vn profitable 12 Their wiues are vndiscrete and their children wicked their offring is cursed 13 Therefore the barren is blessed which is vn defiled and knoweth not the sinful bed * she shal haue frute in the visitation of the soules 14 And the eunuche which with his hands ha the not wroght iniquitie nor imagined wic ked things against God for vnto him shal be giuen the special gift of faith and an acceptable porcion in the Tēple of the Lord 15 For glorious is the frute of good labours and the roote of wisdome shal neuer fade away 16 But the children of a 〈◊〉 shal not be partakers of the holy things and the seed of the wicked bed shal be rooted out 17 And thogh they liue lōg yet shal they be nothing regarded and their last age shal be without honour 18 If they dye hastely they haue no hope ne ther comfort in the day of tryal 19 For horrible is the end of the wicked generacion CHAP. IIII. Of vertue and the commoditie thereof 10 The death of the righteous and the condemnation of the vnfaithful 1 BEtter is barennes with vertue for the memorial thereof is immortal for it is knowen with God and with men 2 When it is present men take example thereat and if it go away yet they desire it it is alway crowned and triumpheth and winneth the battel and the vndefiled rewardes 3 But the multitude of the vngodlie which abunde in childrê is vnprofitable and the bastard plātes shal take no depe roote nor laye any fast fundacion 4 For thogh they budde for the in the branches for a time * yet they shal be shaken with the winde for they stand not fast and thorowe the vehemēcie of the winde they shal be rooted out 5 For the vnperfect branches shal be brokē their frute shal be vnprofitable sower to eat and mete for nothing 6 For all the children that are borne of the wicked bed shal be witnes of the wickednes against their parents when they be asked 7 But thogh the righteous be preuented with death yet shal he be in rest 8 For the honorable age is not that which is of lōg time nether that which is measured by the nomber of yeres 9 But wisdome is the graye heere and an vndefiled life is the olde age 10 * He pleased God was beloued of him so that where as he liued among sinners he translated him 11 He was takē away lest wickednes shulde alter his vnderstanding or deceit be guile his minde 12 For wickednes by be witching obscureth the things that are good the vnstedfastnes of concupiscēce peruerteth the simple minde 13 Thogh he was sone dead yet fulfilled he muche time 14 For his soule pleased God therefore hasted he to take him away from wickednes 15 Yet the people se vnderstand it not cōsider no suche things in their hearts how that grace and 〈◊〉 is vpon his Saintes and his prouidence ouer the elect 16 Thus the righteous that is dead condemneth the vngodlie which are liuing the youth that is sone broght to an end the long life of the vn righteous 17 For they se the end of the wise but they vnderstād not what God hathe deuised for him and wherefore the Lord hathe preserued him in safetie 18 They 〈◊〉 him and despise him but the Lord wil laugh them to scorne 19 So that they shal fall hereafter without honour and shal haue a shame among the dead for euermore for without anie voyce shal he burste them and cast them downe shake them from the fundacions so that they shal be vtterly wasted they shal be in sorowe and their memorial shal perish 20 So they being afraied shal remēber their sinnes and their owne wickednes shal come before them to conuince them CHAP. V. 1 The constantnes of the righteous before their persecuters 14 The hope of the vnfaithful is vaine 15 The blessednes of the saintes and godlie 1 THen shal the righteous stand in great boldenes before the face of suche as haue tormented him and taken away his labours 2 When thei se him thei shal be vexed with horrible feare and shal be amased for his wonderful deliuerance 3 And shal change their 〈◊〉 and sigh for grief of minde and say within them selues This is he whome we sometime had in derision and in a parable of reproche 4 * We fooles thoght his life madnes and his end without honour 5 How is he counted among the children of God and his porcion is among the Saintes 6 Therefore we haue erred from the waye of trueth and the light of righteousnes hathe not shined vnto vs and the sunne of vn derstanding rose not vpon vs. 7 We haue wearied our selues in the waye of wickednes and destruction and we 〈◊〉 go ne through dangerous waies but we 〈◊〉 not knowen the way of the Lord. 8 What hathe pride profited vs or what pro fite hathe the pompe of riches broght vs 9 All those things are * passed away like a shadow and as a poste that passeth by 10 As a shippe that passeth ouer the waues of the water which when it is gone by the tra ce thereof can not be founde nether the path of it in the floods 11 Or as * a birde that fleeth thorowe in the aire and no man can se anie token of her passage but 〈◊〉 heare the noise of her wings beating the light winde parting the aire thorow the wehemencie of her going and fleeth on shaking her wings where as afterwarde no token of her way can be founde 12 Or as when an arrowe is shot at a marke it parteth the aire which immediatly cometh together a gaine so that a man can not knowe where it went thorowe 13 Euen so we assone as we were borne we be ganne to drawe to our end haue shewed no token of 〈◊〉 but are cōsumed in our owne wickednes 14 For * the hope of the vngodlie is like the dust that is blowne away with the winde and like a thinne fome that is scattered abroad with the storme and as the smoke which is dispersed with the winde and as the remembrance of him passeth that tarieth but for a day 15 But the
raging Priests shed abominable blood 6 And the fathers were the chief murtherers of the soules destitute of all helpe whome thou woldest destroye by the handes of our fathers 7 That the land whiche thou louest aboue all other myght be a mete dwellyng for the children of God 8 * Neuertheles thou sparedst them also as men and sendedst the forunners of thyne hoste euen hornettes to destroye them by litle and litle 9 Not that thou wast vnable to subdue the vn godlie vnto the righteous in battel or with cruel beastes or with one rough worde to destroie them together 10 But in punishing them by litle and litle thou gauest them space to repent knowing wel that it was an vnrighteous nacion and wicked of nature and that their thoght colde neuer be altered 11 For it was a cursed sede frō the begynning yet hast thou not spared them when they sin ned because thou feared any man 12 For who dare say * What hast thou done or who dare stand agaynst thy iudgement or who dare accuse thee for the naciōs that perish whome thou haste made or who dare stand against thee to reuēge the wicked mē 13 For there is none other God but thou * that carest for all things that thou maist declare how that thy iudgement is not vnright 14 There dare nether Kyng nor tyrant in thy sight require accountes of them whom thou hast punished 15 For so muche then as thou artryghteous thy self thou ordrest all things ryghteously * thynking it not agreable to thy power to condemne hym that hathe not deserued to be punished 16 For thy power is the begynning of ryghteousnes and because thou art Lorde of all things it causeth thee to spare all things 17 When men thinke thee not to be of a perfite power thou declarest thy power and reprouest the boldenes of the wise 18 But thou ruling the power iudgest with equitie ād gouernest vs with great fauour for thou maist shew thy power when thou wilt 19 By suche workes now hast thou taught thy people that a man shulde be iust and louing and hast made thy children to be of a good hope for thou giuest repentance to sinners 20 For if thou haste punished the enemies of thy children that had deserued death wyth so great consideration and requesting vnto them giuing them time and place that they might change from their wickednes 21 With how great circumspection wilt thou punish thine owne children vnto whose fathers thou hast sworne and made couenant of good promises 22 So when thou doest chasten vs thou punished our enemies a thousand times more to the intent that when we iudge we shuld dili gently consider thy goodnes and when we are iudged we shulde hope for mercie 23 Wherefore thou hast tormēted the wicked that haue liued a dissolute life by their owne imaginations 24 * For they went astray verie farre in the wayes of errour and estemed the beasts whi che their enemies dispised for gods being abused after the maner of children that haue none vnderstanding 25 Therefore hast thou sent this punishment that they shulde be in derision as children without reason 26 But they that wil not be reformed by these scorneful rebukes shal fele the worthie punishment of God 27 For in those things when they suffred they disdeined but in these whome they counted godlie when they sawe thē selues punished by thē they all acknowledged the true God whome afore they had denied to know the refore came extreme damnation vpon them CHAP. XIII 1 All things be vaine except the knowledge of GOD. 10 Idolaters and idoles are mocked 1 SVrely all men are vaine by nature and are ignorant of God * and colde not knowe him that is by the good things that are sene nether consider by the workes the worke master 2 * But they thoght the fyre or the winde or the swift aire or the course of the starres or the raging water or the lights of heauen to be gouernours of the worlde and gods 3 Thogh they had such pleasure in their beau tie that they thoght them gods yet shulde they haue knowen how muche more excel lent he is that made them for the first autor of beautie hathe created these things 4 Or if they marueiled at the power and ope ration of them yet shulde they haue perceiued thereby how muche he that made these things is mightier 5 For by the greatnes of their beautie of the creatures the Creator being cōpared with them may be considered 6 But yet the blame is lesse in these that seke God and wolde finde him yet peraduentu re do erre 7 For * they go about by his workes to seke him and are persuaded by the sight because the things are beautiful that are 〈◊〉 8 How be it they are not to be excused 9 For if they can knowe so muche that they can discerne the worlde why do they not ra ther finde out the Lord thereof 10 But miserable are they and among the dead is their hope that call them gods whiche are the workes of mens hands golde and siluer and the thing that is inuented by arte and the similitude of beasts or anie vaine sto ne that hathe bene made by the hand of antiquitie 11 * Or as when a carpenter cutteth downe a 〈◊〉 mete for the worke and pareth of all the barke thereof cunningly by arte maketh a vessel profitable for the vse of life 12 And the things that are cut of from his wor ke he bestoweth to dresse his meat to fil him self 13 And that which is left of these things which is profitable for nothing for it is a croked piece of wood and ful of knobbes he carueth it diligētly at his leasure and according as he is expert in cunning he giueth it a proporcion and facioneth it after the similitude of a man 14 Or maketh it like some vile beast and straketh it ouer with red and painteth it and couereth euerie spotte that is in it 15 And when he hathe made a conuenient tabernacle for it he setteth it in a wall and maketh it fast with yron 16 Prouiding so for it lest it fall for he knoweth that it can not helpe it self because it is an image which hathe nede of helpe 17 Then he prayeth for his goods and for his mariage and for children he is not ashamed to speake vnto it that hath no life 18 He calleth on him that is weake for health he prayeth vnto him that is dead for life he requireth him of helpe that hathe no experience at all 19 And for his iourney him that is not able to go and for gaine and worke and successe of his affaires he requireth furtherance of him that hathe no maner of power CHAP. XIIII 1 The derestacion and abominacion of images 8. A curse of them and of him that maketh them 14 whereof idolatrie proceded 23 What euils come of idolatrie 1 AGaine
For it is a feareful thing whē malice is con demned by her owne testimonie and a conscience that is touched doeth euer forecast cruel things 11 For feare is nothing els but a betraying of the succours which reason offreth 12 And the lesse that the hope is within the more doeth he esteme the ignorance of the thing that tormenteth him great 13 But they that did endure the night that was intollerable and that came out of the dungeon of hell which is insupportable slept the same slepe 14 And sometimes were troubled with monstruous visions and some time they sowned as thogh their owne soule shulde betray thē for a sudden feare not loked for came vpon them 15 And thus whosoeuer fel downe he was kept and shut in prison but without chaines 16 For whether he was an housband man or a shepherd or one that was set to worke alone if he were taken he must suffer this necessitie that he colde not auoide 17 For with one chaine of darkenes were they all bounde whether it were an hyssing win de or a swete song of the birds among the thicke branches of the trees or the vehemencie of hastie running water 18 Or a great noyce of the falling downe of stones or the running of skipping beastes that colde not be sene or the noyce of cruel beastes that roared or the sounde that answereth againe in the holow mountaines the se feareful things made them to swone 19 For all the worlde shined with clere light and no man was hindred in his labour 20 Onely vpon them there fel an heauie night an image of that darkenes that was to come vpon them yea they were vnto them selues more grieuous then darkenes CHAP. XVIII 3 The fyrie piller that the Israelites had in Egypt 8 The deliuerāce of the faithful 10 The Lord smote the Egyptiās 20 The sinne of the people in the wildernes 21 Aaron stode betwene the liuing and the dead with his censure 1 BVt thy Saints had a very great * light whose voyce because they heard and sawe not the figure of them they thoght them blessed because thei also had not suffred the like 2 And because they did not hurt them which did hurt them a fore they thanked them asked pardon for their enimitie 3 * Therefore thou gauest them a burning pil ler of fyre to lead them in the vnknowen way and madest the sunne that it hurted not them in their honorable iourney 4 But they were worthie to be depriued of the light and to be kept in darkenes which had kept thy children shut vp by whome the vncorrupt light of the Law shulde be giuen to the worlde 5 * Where as they thoght to slay the babes of the Saintes by one childe that was cast out and preserued to reproue them thou hast ta ken awaye the multitude of their children and destroyed them all together in the mightie water 6 Of that night were our fathers certified afo re that they knowing vnto what othes they had giuen credit might be of good chere 7 Thus thy* people receiued the health of the righteous but the enemies were destroyed 8 For as thou hast punished the enemies so hast thou glorified vs whome thou hast called 9 For the righteous children of the good men offred secretly and made a law of righ teousnes by one consent that the Saints shulde receiue good euil 〈◊〉 like maner that the fathers shulde first sing praises 10 But a disagreing price was heard of the ene mies and there was a lamentable noise for the children that were be wailed 11 For the * master and the seruant were punished with like punishment and the commu ne people suffred a like with the King 12 So they altogether had in numerable that dyed with one kinde of death nether were the liuing sufficientto burye them for in the twinckling of an eye the noblest of spring of them was destroied 13 So they that colde beleue nothing because of the inchantments confessed this people to be the children of God in the destructiō of the first borne 14 For while all things were in quiet silence and the night was in the middes of her swift course 15 Thine almightie worde leapt downe from heauen out of thy royal throne as a fierce man of warre in the middes of the land that was destroyed 16 And broght thine vnfained commandemēt as a sharpe sworde and stode vp and filled al things with death and being come downe to the earth it reached vnto the heauens 17 Then the sight of the feareful dreames vexed them suddenly and fearefulnes came vpon them vnawares 18 Then laye there one here another there hal fedead and shewed the cause of his death 19 For the visions that vexed them shewed thē these things afore so that they were not ignorant wherefore they perished 20 Now 〈◊〉 of death touched the righteous also and * among the multitude in the wildernes there was a plague but the wrath indured not long 21 For the blameles man made haste and defended them and toke the weapons of his ministracion euen prayer and the recōciliation by the perfume and set him self against the wrath so broght the miserie to an end declaring that he was thy seruant 22 For he ouercame not the multitude with bodelie power nor with force of weapons but with the worde he subdued him that punished alledging the othes couenant made vnto the fathers 23 For when the dead were fallen downe by heapes one vpō another he stode in the middes and cut of the wrath and parted it from comming to the liuing 24 * For in the long garment was all the ornamēt and in the foure rowes of the stones was the glorie of the fathers grauen with thy maiestie in the diademe of his head 25 Vnto these the destroyer gaue place and was afraid of them for it was sufficient that they hadtasted the wrath CHAP. XIX 3 The death of the Egyptians the great ioye of the Hebrewe s. 11 The meat that was giuen at the desire of the people 17 All the elements serue to the wil of God 1 AS for the vngodlie the wrath came vpō them without mercie vnto the end for he knewe what shulde come vnto them 2 That they when they had consented to let them go and had sent them out with diligen ce wolde repent and pursue them 3 For while yet sorow was before them and they lamēted by the graues of the dead they deuised another foolishnes so that they persecuted thē in their fleing whome they had cast out afore with prayer 4 For the destinie where of they were worthie broght them to this end and caused thē to forget the things that had come to passe that they might accomplish the punishment which remaineth by torments 5 Bothe that thy people might trye a marueilous passage that these might finde a strāge death 6 For euerie creature in his kinde
but not so manie as haue 〈◊〉 by the tongue 19 Wel is 〈◊〉 that is kept from an euil tongue and cometh not in the angre thereof which hath not drawen in that yoke nether hathe bene bounde in the bandes thereof 20 For the yoke thereof is a yoke of yron and the bands of it are bands of brasse 21 The death ther of is an euil death hell were better then suche one 22 It shall not haue rule ouer them that feare God nether shall they be burnt with the flame thereof 23 Suche as forsake the Lord shal fall therein and it shall burne them and no man shal be able to quenche it it shal fall vpon them as a lyon and deuoure them as a leopard 24 Hedge thy possession with thornes and make dores and barres for thy mouth 25 Binde vp thy siluer and golde and weigh thy wordes in a balance and make a dore ād a barre and a sure bridle for thy mouth 26 Beware that thou slide not by it and so fal before him that lieth in waite and thy fall be incurable euen vnto death CHAP. XXIX 1 Do lend money and do almes 15 Of a faithful man answering for his friend 24 The poore mans life 1 HE that wil she we mercie lēdeth to his neighbour and he that hathe power ouer him self kepeth the commandements 2 Lend to thy neighbour in time of his nede and pay thou thy neighbour againe indue season 3 Kepe thy worde and deale faithfully with him thou shalt alwaye finde the thing that is necessarie for thee 4 Manie when a thing was lent thē rekened it to be founde and grieued them that had helped them 5 Til they receiue they kisse his hands and for their neighbours good they hūble their voyce but when they shulde paye againe they prolong the terme and giue a careles answer and make excuses by reason of the time 6 And thogh he be able yet giueth he scarse the halfe againe and rekeneth the other as a thing foūde els he deceiueth him of his mo ney maketh him an enemie without a cause he 〈◊〉 him with cursing and rebuke giueth him euil wordes for his good dede 7 I here be manie which refuse to lend becau se of this inconueniēce fearing to be defrauded without cause 8 Yet haue thou pacience with him that humbleth him self and differre not mercie from him 9 Helpe the poore for the commandements sake and turne him not away because of his pouertie 10 Lese thy money for thy brothers neighbours sake and let it not rust vnder a stone to thy destruction 11 * Bestowe the treasure after the commandement of the moste High it shal bring thee more profite then golde 12 Lay vp thine almes in thy secret chambers and it shal kepe thee from all affliction 13 A mans almes is as a purse with him shal kepe a mans fauour as the apple of the eye and afterwarde shal it arise and paye euerie man his rewarde vpon his head 14 It shal fight for thee against thine enemies better thē the shield of a strong man or speare of the mightie 15 An honest man is suretie for his neighbour but he that is 〈◊〉 forsaketh him 16 Forget not the friendship of thy suretie for he hathe layed his life for thee 17 The wicked despiseth the good dede of his suretie 18 The wicked wil not become suretie and he that is of an vnthankeful minde forsaketh him that deliuered him 19 Some man promiseth for his neighbour and when he hathe lost his honestie he wil forsake him 20 Suretie shippe hath destroyed manie a riche man and remoued them as the waues of the sea mightie men hathe it driuen away from their houses and caused them to wander among strange nacions 21 A wicked man trangressing the commandements of the Lord shal fall into suretie shippe and he that medleth muche with other mens busines is intangled in controuersies 22 ¶ Helpe thy neighbour according to thy power and beware that thou thy self fall not 23 * The chiefthing of life is water and bread and clothing and lodging to couer thy shame 24 The poore mans life in his owne lodge is better then delicate fare in another mans 25 Be it litle or muche holde thee contented that the house speake not euil of thee 26 For it is a miserable life to go from house to house for where thou art a stranger thou da rest not open thy mouth 27 Thou shalt lodge and fede vnthankeful mē and after shalt haue bitter wordes for the same saying 28 Come thou stranger and prepare the table and fede me of that thou hast readie 29 Giue place thou stranger to an honorable man my brother cometh to be lodged and I haue nede of mine house 30 These things are heauie to a man that hathe vnderstanding the vp braiding of the house and the reproche of the lender CHAP. XXX 1 Of the correction of children 14 Of the commoditie of health 17 Death is better then a sorowful life 22 Of the ioye and sorow of 〈◊〉 heart 1 HE that loueth his sonne * causeth him oft to fele the rodde that he may haue ioye of him in the end 2 He that chastiseth his sonne shal haue ioy in him and shal reioyce of him among his acquaintance 3 He that* teacheth his sonne griueth the enemie and before his friends he shal reioyce of him 4 Thogh his father dye yet is he as thogh he were not dead for he hathe left one behinde him that is like him 5 In his life he sawe him and had ioye in him and was not 〈◊〉 in his death nether was he ashamed before his enemies 6 He left behinde him an aduenger against his enemies and one that shulde shewe fauour vnto his friends 7 He that flattereth his sonne bindeth vp his woundes and his heart is grieued at euerie crye 8 And 〈◊〉 horse wil be stubburne and a wanto n childe wil be wilful 9 If thou bring vp thy sonne delicately he shal make thee afraide if thou playe with him he shal bring thee to heauines 10 Laugh not with him lest thou be sorie with him and lest thou gnash thy teeth in the end 11 * Giue him no libertie in his youth and winke not at his folie 12 Bowe downe his necke while he is yong beat him on the sideswhile he is a childe lest he waxe stubberne and be disobedient vnto thee and so bring sorow to thine heart 13 Chastise thy childe and be diligent therein lest his shame grieue thee 14 ¶ Better is the poore being whole and strong then a riche man that is afflicted in his bodie 15 Health and strength is aboue all golde and a whole bodie aboue infinitie treasure 16 There is no riches aboue a sounde bodie and no ioye aboue the ioye of the heart 17 Death is better then a bitter life 〈◊〉 long rest then continual sickenes
forget the Law and change all the ordinances 52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings shulde suffer death 53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes set ouer seers ouer all the people forto compell thē to do these things 54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice citie by citie 55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes euery one that forsoke the Law and so they committed euil in the land 56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour 57 The fiftenth day of Casleu in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side 58 And before the dores of the houses and in the stretes they burnt incense 59 And the bokes of the Law which they founde they burnt in the fyre and cutte in pieces 60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law the Kings commandement was that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie 61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities 62 And in the fiue twentieth day of the moneth they did sacrifice vpon the altar which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices 63 And according to the commādement they put certeine womē to death which had caused their children to be circumcised 64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes they spoiled their houses slewe the circumcisers of them 65 Yet were there many in Israél which were of courage and determined in them selues that they wolde not eat vncleane things 66 But chose rather to suffer death then to be defiled with those meats so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant they were put to death 67 And this tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of 〈◊〉 CHAP. II. 1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles 24 The zeale of 〈◊〉 for the Law of God 〈◊〉 They are 〈◊〉 and wil not sight againe because of the 〈◊〉 day 49 Mattathias dying 〈◊〉 his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God after the example of the fathers 1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias the Priest the sonne of Ioannes the sonne of Simeon of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem and dwelt in Modin 2 And he had fiue sonnes Ioanan called Gaddis 3 Simon called Thassi 4 〈◊〉 which was called Maccabeus 5 Eleazar called Abaron and Ionathā whose name was Apphus 6 Now he sawe the blasphemies which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém 7 And he said Wo is me wherefore was I bor ne to se this destruction of my people and the destruction of the holy citie and thus to sit 〈◊〉 is deliuered into the hands of the enemies 8 And the Sanctuarie is in the hands of stran gers her Temple is as a man that hathe no re 〈◊〉 9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie her infants are slayne in the stretes and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies 10 What people is it that hathe not some possession in her kingdome or hathe not 〈◊〉 of her spoyles 11 All her glorie is taken away of a fre woman she is become an handmaid 12 Beholde our Sanctuarie and our beautie honor is desolate and the Gentiles haue defiled it 13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer 14 And Mattathias rent his clothes he ād his sonnes and put sacke cloth vpon them and mourned verie sore 15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God and to sacrifice 16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together 17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias Thou art the chief and an honorable man and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren 18 Come thou therefore first and fulfil the Kings commandement as all the heathen haue done and also the men of Iuda and suche as remaine at Ierusalem so shalt thou thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shal be enriched with siluer and golde and with manie rewards 19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion obey him and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers and consent to his commandemēts 20 Yet wil I and my sonnes and my brethren walke in the couenant of our fathers 21 God be merciful vnto vs that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances 22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion nether on the right side nor on the left 23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des there came one of the Iewes in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin according to the Kings commande ment 24 Now when Mattathias sawe it he was so in flamed with zeale that his raines shoke and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance of the Law therefore he ran vnto him and killed him by the altar 25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner that compelled him to do sacrifice and destroied the altar 26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God * doing as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom. 27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie saying Who soeuer is zealous of the Law and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me 28 So he and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes and left all that thei had in the citie 29 Then manie that soght after iustice and iudgement 30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there bothe they and their children and their wiues and their cattel for the afflictiō in creased sore vpon them 31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants and to the garisons which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid that mē had broken the Kings commādement and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes 32 Then many pursued after them and hauing ouer taken them thei camped against them and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day 33 And said vnto them Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King and ye shalliue 34 But they answered We wil not go forthe nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day 35 Then they gaue them the battel 36 But the other answered them nothing nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places 37 But said We wil dye
into the plaine field because he had so manie hor semen and put his trust in them 78 So Ionathan followed vpon him to Azotus and the armie skirmished with his arriere bande 79 For Apollonius had left a thousand horsemen behinde them in ambush 80 And Ionathan knewe that there was an am bushment behinde him and thogh they had compassed in his hoste and shot dartes at the people from the morning to the euening 81 Yet the people stode stil as Ionathan had cō manded them til their horses were wearie 82 Then broght Simon forthe his hoste and set thē against the bāde but the horses were wearie aud he 〈◊〉 them and they fled so the horsemen were scattered in the field 83 And they fled to Azotus and came into the temple of Dagon their Idole that thei might there saue them 〈◊〉 84 But Ionathan set fyre vpon Azotus and all the cities rounde about it toke their spoiles and burnt with fyre the temple of Dagon with all them that were fled into it 85 Thus were slayne burnt about eight thou sand men 86 So Ionathan remoued the hoste from thence and camped by Ascalon where the men of the citie came forthe and met him with great honour 87 After this went Ionath an and his hoste agai ne to Ierusalem with great spoiles 88 And whē King Alexāder heard these things he began to do Ionathan more honour 89 And sent him a colar of golde as the vse is to be giuen vnto suche as are of the Kings blood he gaue him also Accaron with the borders thereof in possession CHAP. XI 3 The dissension betwene Ptolemeus and Alexander his sō ne in law 17 〈◊〉 death of Alexander 19 Demetrius reigneth alter the death of Ptolemeus 22 Sion is 〈◊〉 ed of Ionathan 42 Demetrius seing that no man resisted him sendeth his armie againe 54 〈◊〉 moueth Antiochus against Demetrius 1 ANd the King of Egypt gathered a great hoste like the 〈◊〉 that lyeth vpon the sea shote and manie ships and went about through deceit to obteine the kingdome of Alexander and to ioyne it vnto his owne realme 2 Vpon this he went into Syria with friendlie wordes and was let into the cities and men came forthe to mete him for King Alexander had commanded them to mete him be cause he was his father in Law 3 Now when he entred into the citie of Ptolemais he lefte bands and garisons in euerie citie 4 And when he came nere to Azotus they shewed him the temple of Dagon that was burnt and Azotus and the suburbes there of that were destroyed and the bodies cast abroad them that he had burnt in the bat tel for they had made heapes of them by the way where he shulde passe 5 And thei tolde the King what Ionathan had done to the intent they might get him euil wil but the King helde his peace 6 And Ionathan met the King with great honour at Ioppe where they saluted one another and laye there 7 So when Ionathan had gone with the King vnto the water that was called Eleutherus he turned againe to Ierusalem 8 So King Ptolemeus gate the dominion of the cities by the sea vnto Seleucia vpon the sea coast imagining wicked counsels against Alexander 9 ¶ And sent ambassadours vnto King Demetrius saying Come let vs make a league betwene vs and I wil giue thee my daughter which Alexander hathe and thou shalt reigne in thy fathers kingdome 10 For I repēt that I gaue Alexander my daugh ter for he goeth about to slaye me 11 Thus he sclandered Alexander as one that shulde desire his realme 12 And he toke his daughter from him gaue her vnto Demetrius and forsoke Alexander so that their hatred was openly knowen 13 Then Ptolemeus came to Autiochia where he set two crownes vpon his owne head of Asia and of Egypt 14 In the meane season was King Alexander in Cilicia for they that dwelt in those places had rebelled against him 15 But when Alexāder heard it he came to war re against him and Ptolemeus broght for the his hoste and met him with a mightie power and put him to flight 16 Then fled Alexander into Arabia there to be defended so Ptolemeus was exalted 17 And Zabdiel the Arabian smote of Alexanders head sent it vnto Ptolemeus 18 But the third dáy after King Ptolemeus dyed and thei that were in the holdes were slayne one of another 19 And Demetrius reigned in the hūdreth thre score and seuenth yere 20 ¶ At the same time gathered Ionathan them that were in Iudea to laye siege vnto the castle which was at Ierusalem and they made manie instruments of warre against it 21 Thē went there certeine vn godlie persones which hated their owne people vnto King Demetrius and tolde him that Ionathan besieged the castle 22 So when he heard it he was angrie and immediatly came vnto Ptolemais and wrote vn to Ionathan that he shulde laye nomore siege vnto it but that he shulde mete him speake with him at Ptolemais in all haste 23 Neuertheles when Ionathan heard this he commanded to besiege it he chose also certeine of the Elders of Israel and the Priest put him self in danger 24 And toke with him siluer and golde and ap parel and diuerse presents and went to Ptole mais vnto the King and founde fauour in his sight 25 And thogh certeine vngodlie men of his owne nacion had made complaintes vpon him 26 Yet the King intreated him as his predecessers had done and promoted him in the sight of all his friends 27 And confirmed him in the hie priesthode with all the honorable things that he had afore and made him his chief friend 28 Ionathā also desired the King that he wold make Iudea fre with the thre gouernements and the countrey of Samaria and Ionathan promised him thre hundreth talents 29 Where unto the King consented gaue Ionathan writing of the same conteining these wordes 30 KING DEMETRIVS vnto his brother Ionathan and to the naciō of the Iewes sendeth greting 31 We sēd you here a copie of the letter which we did write vnto our cousin Lasthenes concerning you that ye shulde se it 32 King Demetrius vnto Lasthenes his father sendeth greting 33 For the faithfulnes that our friends the nacion of the Iewes kepe vnto vs and for their good wil towardes vs we are ditermined to do them good 34 Wherefore we assigne to thē the coasts of Iudea with the thre gouernements Apherema and Lydda and Ramathe which are added vnto Iudea from the countrey of Samaria and all that apperteineth to all them that sacrifice in Ierusalem bothe concerning the paiments which the King toke yerely afore time bothe for the frutes of the earth for the frutes of the trees 35 As for the other things apperteining vnto vs of the tenths tributes which were due vnto vs and the customes of salte crowne taxes which were payed vnto vs we
Caiaphas prophecieth 54 Christ getteth him out of the way 1 ANd a certeine man was sicke named Lazarus of Bethania the towne of Marie and her sister Martha 2 And it was that * Marie which anointed the Lord with ointment aÌ„d wiped his fete with her heere whose brother Lazarê° was sicke 3 Therefore hys sisters sent vnto hym saying Lord beholde he whome thou louest is sicke 4 When Iesus heard it he sayd This sickenes is not vnto death but for the glorie of God that the Sonne of God myght be glorified thereby 5 ¶ Now Iesus loued Martha and her sister and Lazarus 6 And after he had heard that he was sicke yet abode he two dayes stil in the same place where he was 7 Then after that said he to his disciples Let vs go into Iudea againe 8 The disciples sayd vnto hym Master the Iewes lately soght to * stone thee and doest thou go thither againe 9 Iesus aunswered are there not twelue houres in the daye If a man walke in the day he stombleth not because he seeth the lyght of this worlde 10 But if a man walke in the night he stombleth because there is no light in him 11 These things spake he and after he said vnto them Our friend Lazarus slepeth but I go to wake him vp 12 Then said his disciples Lord if he slepe he shal be safe 13 How beit Iesus spake of his death but they thoght that he had spoken of the natural slepe 14 Then said Iesus vnto them plainely Lazarus is dead 15 And I am glad for your sakes that I was not there that ye may beleue but let vs go vnto him 16 Then said Thomas which is called Didymus vnto his fellowe disciples Let vs also go that we may dye with him 17 ¶ Then came Iesus and founde that he had liue in the graue foure dayes already 18 Now Bethania was nere vnto Ierusalem about fiftene fur longs of 19 And many of the Iewes were come to Martha and Marie to comfort them for their brother 20 Then Martha when she heard that Iesus was coming went to mete him but Marie sate stil in the house 21 Then said Martha vnto Iesus Lord if thou haddest bene here my brother had not bene dead 22 But now I knowe also that whatsoeuer thou ask est of God God wil giue it thee 23 Iesus said vnto her Thy brother shal rise againe 24 Martha said vnto him I knowe that he shal rise againe in the resurrection at the last day 25 Iesus said vnto her I am the resurrection and the life he that beleueth in me thogh he were dead yet shal he liue 26 And whosoeuer liueth and beleueth in me shal neuer dye Beleuest thou this 27 She said vnto him Yea Lord I beleue that thou art the Christ the Sonne of God which shulde come into the worlde 28 ¶ And when she had so said she went her way called Marie her sister secretly saying The Master is come and calleth for thee 29 And when she heard it she arose quickely and came vnto him 30 For Iesus was not yet come into the towne but was in the place where Martha met him 31 The Iewes then which were with her in the house and comforted her when they sawe Marie that she rose vp hastely went out followed her saying She goeth vnto the gra ue to wepe there 32 Then when Marie was come where Iesus was and sawe him she fel downe at his fete saying vnto him Lord if thou haddest bene here my brother had not bene dead 33 When Iesus therefore sawe her wepe and the Iewes also wepe which came with her he groned in the spirit and was troubled in him self 34 And said Where haue ye laid him Thei said vnto him Lord come and se. 35 And Iesus wept 36 Then said the Iewes Beholde how he loued him 37 And some of them said Colde not he which opened the eyes of the blinde haue made also that this man shulde not haue dyed 38 Iesus therefore againe groned in him self and came to the graue And it was a caue and a stone was laid vpon it 39 Iesus said Take ye away the stone Martha the sister of him that was dead said vnto him Lord he stinketh alreadie for he hathe bene dead foure daies 40 Iesus said vnto her Said I not vnto thee that if thou diddest beleue thou shuldest se the glorie of God 41 Then they toke away the stone from the place where the dead was laid And Iesus lift vp his eyes and said Father I thanke thee because thou hast heard me 42 I knowe that thou hearest me alwayes but because of the people that stand by I said it that they maye beleue that thou hast sent me 43 As he had spoken these things he cryed with a loude voyce Lazarus come forthe 44 Then he that was dead came forthe bounde hand and fote with bandes and his face was bounde with a napkin Iesus said vnto them Lose him and let him go 45 ¶ Then manie of the Iewes which came to Marie and had sene the things which Iesus did beleued in him 46 But some of them went their way to the Pharises and tolde them what things Iesus had done 47 Then gathered the hie Priests and the Pharises a council and said What shal we do For this man doeth manie miracles 48 If we let him thus alone all men wil beleue in him and the Romaines wil come and take away bothe our place and the nacion 49 TheÌ„ one of them named Caiaphas which was the hie Priest that same yere said vnto them Ye perceiue nothing at all 50 Nor yet do you consider that it is expedient for vs that one man dye for the people and that the whole nacion perish not 51 This spake he not of him self but being hie Priest that same yere he prophecied that Iesus shulde dye for the nacion 52 And not for the nacion onely but that he shulde gather together in one the children of God which were scattered 53 Then from that day forthe they consulted together to put him to death 54 Iesus therefore walked no more openly among the Iewes but went thence vnto a countrey nere to the wildernes into a citie called Ephraim and there continued with his disciples 55 ¶ And the Iewes Passeouer was at hand and manie went out of the countrey vp to Ierusalem before the Passeouer to 〈◊〉 purifie them selues 56 Then soght they for Iesus and spake among them selues as thei stode in the Temple What thinke ye that he cometh not to the feast 57 Now bothe the hie Priests and the Pharises had giuen a commaÌ„dement that if anie man knewe where he were he shulde shewe it that they might take him CHAP. XII 7 Christ excuseth Maries fact 13 The affection of some towards him and the rage of others against him and Lazarus 25 The commoditie
take suche an humble state vpon him that he might be like vnto his brethren 1 WHerefore we ought diligently to giue hede to the things which we haue heard lest at anie time we shulde let them slippe 2 For if the worde spoken by Angels was stedfaste and euerie transgression and disobedience receiued a 〈◊〉 recompense of rewarde 3 How shal we escape if we neglect so great saluation which at the first began to be preached by the LORD and afterwarde was confirmed vnto vs by them that heard him 4 * God bearing witnes there to bothe with signes and wonders and with diuers miracles and giftes of the holie Gost according to his owne wil 5 For he hathe not put in subiection vnto the Angels the worlde to come whereof we speake 6 But* one in a certeine place witnessed saying What is man that thou shuldest be mindeful of him or the sonne of man that thou woldest consider him 7 Thou madest him a litle inferior to the Angels thou crownedst him with glorie and honour and hast set him aboue the workes of thine hands 8 * Thou hast put all things in subiection vnder his fete And in that he hath put al things in subiection vnder him he left nothing that shulde not be subiect vnto him But we yet se not all things sub dued vnto him 9 But we se Iesus crowned with glorie and honour which was made a litle inferior to the Angels through the suffering of death that by Gods grace he might taste death for all men 10 For it became him for whomme are all things by whome are all things seing that he broght manie children vnto glorie that he shulde consecrate the Prince of their saluation through afflictions 11 For he that sanctifieth and they which are sanctified are all of one wherefore he is not ashamed to call them brethren 12 Saying * I wil declare thy Name vnto my brethren in the middes of the Church will sing praises to thee 13 And againe * I wil put my trust in him And againe * Beholde here am I and the children which God hathe giuen me 14 Forasmuche then as the children were partakers of fleshe and bloode he also him self likewise toke parte with them that he might destroye * through death him that had the power of death that is the deuil 15 And that he might deliuer all them which for feare of death were all their life time sub iect to bondage 16 For he in no sorte toke the Angels but the toke the seed of Abraham 17 Wherefore in all things it became him to be made like vnto his brethrē that he might be merciful a faithful high Priest in things concerning God that he might make recon ciliation for the sinnes of the people 18 For in that he suffered and was tempted he is able to sucker them that are tempted CHAP. III. 1 He requireth them to be obedient vnto the worde of Christ 3 who is more worthie then Moses 12 The punishement of suche as wil harden their hearts and not belieue that they might haue eternal rest 1 THerefore holie brethren partakers of the heauenlievocation consider the Apostle and high Priest of our profession Christ Iesus 2 Who was faithful to him that hathe appoin ted him euen as * Moses was in all his hou se. 3 For this man is counted worthie of more glorie then Moses inasmuche as he whiche hathe buylded the house hathe more honour then the house 4 For euerie house is buylded of some mā and he that hathe buylt all things is God 5 Now Moses verely was faithful in all his house as a seruant for a witnes of the things which shulde be spoken after 6 But Christ is as the Sonne ouer his owne house whose house we are if we holde fast the confidence and the reioycing of the hope vnto the end 7 Wherefore as the holie Gost saith * To day if ye shal heare his voyce 8 Harden not you hearts as in the prouocation according to the day of the tentation in the wildernes 9 Where your fathers tempted me proued me and sawe my workes fortie yeres long 10 Wherefore I was grieued with that genera tion and said They erre euer in their heart nether haue they knowen my wayes 11 Therefore I sware in my wrath If thei shal enter into my rest 12 Take hede brethren lest at anie time there be in anie of you an euil heart and vnfaithful to departe away from the liuing God 13 But exhorte one another daily while it is called To day lest anie of you be hardened through the deceitfulnes of sinne 14 For we are made partakers of Christ if we kepe sure vnto the end the beginning whe re with we are vp holden 15 So long as it is said To day if ye heare his voyce harden not your hearts as in the prouocation 16 For some when they heard prouoked him to angre how beit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses 17 But with whome was he displeased fortie yeres Was he not displeased with them that sinned * whose carkeises fell in the wildernes 18 And to whome sware he that they shulde not enter into his rest but vnto them that obeyed not 19 So we se that they colde not enter in becau se of vnbeliefe CHAP. IIII. 2 The worde without faith is vnprofitable 3 The Sabbath or rest of the Christians 6 Punishement of vnbeleuers 12 the nature of the worde of God 1 LEt vs feare therefore lest at anie time by forsaking the promes of entring into his rest anie of you shulde seme to be depriued 2 For vnto vs was the Gospel preached as also vnto them but the worde that they heard profited not them because it was not mixed with faith in those that heard it 3 For we which haue beleued do enter into rest as he said to the other * As I haue swor ne in my wrath If they shal enter into my rest althogh the workes were finished from the fundation of the worlde 4 For he spake in a certeine place of the seuenth day on this wise * And God did rest the seuenth day from all his workes 5 And in this place againe If they shal enter into my rest 6 Seing therefore it remaineth that some must enter thereinto and they to whome it was first preached entred not therein for vnbele fes sake 7 Againe he appointed in Dauid a certeine day by To day after so long a time saying as it is said * This day if ye heare his voyce harden not your hearts 8 For if Iesus had giuen them rest then wolde he not after this day haue spoken of another 9 There remaineth therefore a rest
and for the witnessing of Iesus Christ. 10 And I was rauished in spirit on the Lords day and heard behinde me a great voyce as it had bene of a trumpet 11 Saying I am and the first and the last and that whiche thou seest write in a boke and send it vnto the seuen Churches whiche are in Asia vnto Ephesus and vnto Smyrna and vnto Pergamus and vnto Thyatira and vnto Sardi and vnto Philadelphia and vnto Laodicea 12 Then I turned backe to sethe voyce that spake with me and whē I was turned I sawe seuen golden candlestickes 13 And in the middes of the seuen candlestickes one like vnto the Sonne of man clothed with a garment downe to the feete girde about the pappes with golden girdle 14 His head and heere 's were white as white woll and as snowe and his eyes were as a flame of fyre 15 And his fete like vnto fine u brasse burning as in a fornace and voyce as the sounde of many waters 16 And he had in his right hand seuen y starres and out of his mouth went a sharpe two edged sworde and his face shone as the sunne shineth in his strength 17 And when I sawe him I fell at his fete as dead then he laid his right hand vpon me saying vnto me Feare not I am the first and the last 18 And am aliue but I was dead and beholde I am a liue for euermore Amen and I haue the keyes of hel and of death 19 Write the things which thou hast sene and the things whiche are and the things which shal come here after 20 The misterie of the seuen starres whiche thou sawest in my right hand and the seuen golden candlestickes is this The seuen starres are the Aungels of the seuen Churches and the seuen candlestickes whiche thou sawest are the seuen Churches CHAP. II. 1 He exhorte foure Chuches 5 To repentance 10 To perseuerance pacience and amendement 5. 14 20. 23. Aswel by threatenings 7. 10. 17. 26. As promises of rewarde 1 VNto the Angel of the Church of Ephesus write These things saith he that hol deth the seuen starres in his right hand and walketh in the middes of the seuen golden candlestickes 2 I knowe thy workes and thy labour ād thy pacience and how thou canst not forbeare them whiche are euil and hast examined thē whiche say they are Apostles and are not hast founde them lyers 3 And thou hast suffred and hast pacience for my Names sake hast labored and hast not fainted 4 Neuertheles I haue somewhat against thee because thou hast left thy first loue 5 Remember therefore from whēce thou art fallen and repent and do the first workes orels I wil come against thee shortly and wil remoue thy candlesticke out of his place except thou amende 6 But this thou hast that thou hatest the workes of the Nicolaitans which I also hate 7 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spitit saith vnto the Churches To him that ouercometh wil I giue to eate of the tree of life whiche is in the middes of the Paradise of God 9 ¶ And vnto the Aungell of the Churche of the Smyrnians write These things saith he that is first and last Whiche was dead and is a liue 9 I know thy workes and tribulation and pouertie but thou art riche and I knowe the blasphemie of them which say they are Iewes and are not but are the Synagogue of Satan 10 Feare none of those things whiche thou shalt suffer beholde it shall come to passe that the deuill shall cast some of you into prison that ye may be tryed and ye shall haue tribulation ten dayes be thou faithfull vnto the death and I will giue thee the crowne of life 11 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches He that ouercometh shal not be hurt of the secōde death 12 And to the Angel of the Church whiche is at Pergamus write This saith he which hath the sharpe sworde with two edges 13 I knowe thy workes and where thou dwellest euen where Satans throne is and thou kepest my Name and hast not denied my faith euen in those dayes when Antipasmy faithful martyr was slaine among you where Satan dwelleth 14 But I haue a fewe things against thee because thou hast there them that mainteine the doctrine of * Balaam whiche taught Balac to put a stumbling blocke before the children of Israel that they shulde eat of things sacrificed vnto idoles and commit fornication 15 Euen so hast thou them that mainteine the doctrine of the Nicolaitans whiche thyng I hate 16 Repent thy self or els I wil come vnto thee shortely and will fight against them with the sworde of my mouth 17 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the spirit saith vnto the Churches To him that ouercometh wil I giue to eat of the Manna that is hid and will giue hym a white stone and in the stone a newe name writen whiche no man knoweth sauing he that receiueth it 18 ¶ And vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Thyatira write These thyngs saith the Sonne of God which hathe his eyes like vnto a flame of fyre and his fete like fine brasse 19 I knowe thy workes and thy loue and seruice and faith and thy pacience and thy wor kes and that they are mo at the last then at the first 20 Notwithstanding I haue a fewe things against thee that thou suffrest the 〈◊〉 * Ie sabel which calleth her self a Prophetesse to teache and to deceiue my seruants to make them commit fornication and to eat meats sacrified vnto idoles 21 And I gaue her space to repent of her fornication and she repented not 22 Beholde I wil cast her into a bed and them that commit fornication with her into great affliction except they repent them of their workes 23 And I wil kill her children with death and all the Churches shal knowe that I am he which * searche the reines and hearts and I wil giue vnto euerie one of you according vnto your workes 24 And vnto you I say the rest of them of Thya tira As many as haue not this learning nether haue knowen the depnes of Satan as they speake I wil put vpō you none other burden 25 But that which ye haue all ready holde fast til I come 26 For he that ouercometh and kepeth my workes vnto the end * to him wil I giue power ouer nations 27 And he shal rule them with a rodde of yron and as the vessels of a potter shal 〈◊〉 be broken 28 Euen as I receiued of my Father so will I giue him the
chief 1. Chro 〈◊〉 5. a This was a citie in Iudah called also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 9. b VVhich was an hie place of the citic of Baalé 1. Sam. 7 2. c Praised God 〈◊〉 psalmes 1. Chro. 〈◊〉 10. d Here we se what danger it is to follow good intentions 〈◊〉 do anie thinge in Gods 〈◊〉 with out his expresse 〈◊〉 †Ebr. made 〈◊〉 “ Or the diuision of Vzzah e Who was a Le 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 21. 1. Chro. 15. 25. f Meaning he cau sed the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 it according to the 〈◊〉 g VVich a 〈◊〉 like to the 〈◊〉 garment h The worldlings are not able to cō 〈◊〉 the mocions that moue the children of God 1. Chro. 16. 2. i That is to praye for his house as he had done 〈◊〉 the people k It was for 〈◊〉 worldely affectiō but onely for that zeale that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Gods glorie l VVhiche was a punishement because she mocked the seruāt of God 1. Chro. 17 2. a Vvithin the Tabernacle couered with 〈◊〉 Exod. 26. 7. b Meanyng he shulde 〈◊〉 yet Nathan 〈◊〉 according tomās iudgement not by the Spirite of prophecie permit ted him c As concernyng the 〈◊〉 of an house 〈◊〉 that without Goddes expresse worde nothynge ought to be 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 16. 〈◊〉 Psal. 78. 70. d I haue made thee famous through all the worlde e He promiseth them quietnes if they will walke in his feare and obedience 1. King 8. 20 1 king 5. 5. 6. 12. 1. 〈◊〉 22. 〈◊〉 Ebr. 1 5. Psal. 89 31. f That is gentely as fathers vse to chastice their children g This was begon in Salomon as a figure but accomplished in Christ. †Ehr is this the lawe of man h Cometh not this rather of thy fre mercie thē of any worthines that can be in man Deut. 4. 7. i O Israél k And inheritāce which is Israél l From the Egyptians and theyr 〈◊〉 m He sheweth that Gods fre election is the onely cause why the 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 to be his people n This praier is moste effectuall when we chiefly seke Gods glorie and the accomplishement of his promes †Ebr. founde hys heart disposed o Therefore 〈◊〉 beleue it shall come to passe 1. Chro 18. 1. psal 60. 2. “ Or methegammah a So that thei paied no more 〈◊〉 b He slewe two partes as it pleased him and reserued the third “ Or 〈◊〉 †Ebr 〈◊〉 “ Or hoght the horses of the charets “ Or the Sycide “ Or of Damascus that is which dwelt nere Damascus c In that parte of Syria where Damascus was d They payed 〈◊〉 tribute e For the vse of the temple “ Or Antiochia †Ebr. to aske 〈◊〉 †Ebr. blesse him f 〈◊〉 seing Dauid victorious he was glad to intreat of peace †Ebr. in his hand “ Or Syria or 〈◊〉 “ Or in Gemélah “ Or in all his entreprises g He gaue iudgement in 〈◊〉 and was merciful towarde the people “ Or writer of Chronicles “ Or was ouer the Cherethites h The Cherethites and Pelethites were as the kings garde and had charge of his persone a Because of mine 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 made to Ionathā 1. Sam. 20 〈◊〉 b Suche mercie as shal be acceptable to God Chap 4. 4. c VVho was also called Bham the father of Bathsheba Dauids wife “ Or lands d Meaning a despised 〈◊〉 “ Or nephewe e Be ye prouident 〈◊〉 and gou rners of his lāds that they may be profitable f That Mephibosheth maye haue all things at commandemēt as becommeth a kings sonne 1. Chro. 19. 2. a The children of 〈◊〉 are not vnmindeful of a benefit receiued †Ebr In thine eyes doeth Dauid b Their arrogant malice wold not suffer them to se the simplicitie of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therefore theyr counsel turned to the destruction of their countrey c That they had deserued Dauids displeasure for the iniurie done to his ambassadours “ Or Syrians d These were diuers partes of the countrey of Syria whereby appeareth that the Syriās serued where they mighte haue 〈◊〉 as now the 〈◊〉 e Here is declared wherefore warre ought to be vnder taken for the defence of true religion and Goddes people “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 f Meanyng the greatest parte g VVhiche were the chiefest and moste 〈◊〉 for in all he destroyed 7000. as 1. Chro. 19. 18. or the soldiers which were in 700. charets a The yere follow ing aboute the spring time b VVhereupon he vsed to rest at after none as was red of 〈◊〉 Chap. 4 7. c VVho was not an Israelite borne but conuerted to the true religion Leui. 15. 19. 18. 19. d Fearing left she shulde be stoned according to the Law e Dauid thoght that if Vriah 〈◊〉 with his wife his faute mighte be cloked f Hereby GOD wold touche Dauids conscience that 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his seruant he wolde declare him self so fo get full of GOD and 〈◊〉 to hys seruant g He made hym 〈◊〉 more liberallv them he was wonte to do thinking hereby he wold haue lyē by his wife †Ebr. saying h Except God 〈◊〉 vpholde vs with his mightie spirit the most perfect fall head long into all vice 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or Thou shalt do 〈◊〉 if i Meanyng Gideon Iudg. 9 12. †Ebr. were 〈◊〉 them k He dissembleth with the messenger to the intent that nether 〈◊〉 cruel commandement nor 〈◊〉 wicked obediēce 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 †Ebr. so and so †Ebr. was 〈◊〉 in the eyes of the Lord. a Because Dauid 〈◊〉 no we drowned in sinne the louing 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not his to perishe waketh his 〈◊〉 science by this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hym to 〈◊〉 “ Or wayfaring man “ Or spared †Ebr. The angre of Dauid was kindeled †Ebr. is the childe of deathe Exod. 22. 1. 1. Sam. 16. 〈◊〉 b For Dauid succeded Saul in hys kingdome c The 〈◊〉 vnderstand thys of 〈◊〉 Michal or of Rizpah and Michal d That is greater things then these for Gods loue and benefites inc 〈◊〉 toward his if by their ingratitude thei stay him not e Thou hast most cruelly giuen him into the hands of Gods enemies Deut. 28. 30. Chap. 16. 22. f Meaning openly as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 47. 13. g For the Lorde seketh but that the sinner wolde turne to him h In saying that the Lord hathe appointed a wicked mā to reigne ouer his people i To wit to hys priuie chamber k Thinking by his instant 〈◊〉 that God wolde haue restored his childe but GOD had otherwise de termined †Ebr and he wil do him selfe euill l Shewing that our lamentations oughtnot to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mo derate and that we muste prayse God in all hys doings m As they which considered not that God grāteth manie thinges to the sobbes 〈◊〉 of the faithful n By this 〈◊〉 he appaised his sorowe o To wit thelord 1. Chro 22. 9. Mat.
to be vtterly 〈◊〉 a For 〈◊〉 of the Reubenites 〈◊〉 of the halfe tribe colde not beare the insolencie of the sonne against the father and therefore ioyned with Dauid b Sygnifying that a good gouernour ought to be so deare vnto his people that 〈◊〉 wil rather lose their 〈◊〉 then that ought shuld come vnto him c So called because the 〈◊〉 as somesay fed their cattel beyon de 〈◊〉 in this wood () This is a terri ble example of Gods vengeance against them that are rebels or disobedieÌ„ce to their parents Gen. 23. 13. †Ebr. 〈◊〉 mine hand †Ebr. alye 〈◊〉 my soule †Ebr. in the heart of Absalom d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hadpiti of the people which was sedu 〈◊〉 by Absaler 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 God tur 〈◊〉 his vaine glo rie to shame Gen. 14. 17 f It semeth that God had punished him in taking away is childreÌ„ 〈◊〉 14. 27. †Ebr. iudged g For Ioab baré a good affection to Ahimaaz and douted how Dauidwold takethe reporte of Absaloms death h He sate in the gate of the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 †Ebr. tidinges are in his mouth †Ebr. I se the running i He had experience of hys 〈◊〉 Chap. 17 21 “ Or deliuered vp k To wit Chushi who was an Ethiopian †Ebr. tidings it broght l Because he considered both the iudgement of God againste his sinne and colde not other wyse hide his fatherly affection toward his sonne †Ebr. saluation or deliuerance “ Or by stealthe a As they do that mourne b At Mahanaim “ Or captaines †Ebr. bene right in thine eyes †Ebr. to the heart of thy 〈◊〉 c VVhere the moste resorte of the people haÌ„ted d Euerie one bla med another aÌ„d stroue who shuld firste bryng hym home e That thei shuld reproue the negligence of the Elders 〈◊〉 the people were so for warde f By this policie Dauid thogh that by Winning of the 〈◊〉 he shulde haue the hearte of all the people g VVho had before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 h For in hys aduersitie he Was hys moste 〈◊〉 enemie and now in his prosperitie seketh by flat terie to crepe into 〈◊〉 i By Ioséph he meaneth 〈◊〉 Manasseh aÌ„d Beniamin Wher of he Was becau se these threwere vnder one standerd Nomb. 2. 18. k VVhen 〈◊〉 beyng at Ierusalem had met the king Chap. 16. 3. l Able for 〈◊〉 Wisdome to iud ge in al matters m VVorthy to 〈◊〉 for Sauls 〈◊〉 to Ward 〈◊〉 n Dauid did euil in takynge hys lands from hym before he knewe the cause but muche Worse that knowynge the trueth he did not restore them †Ebr. how manydayes are the yeres of my life o He thoght it not meete to receiue benefites of him to Whome he Was not able to do seruice againe p My 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or bad hym fare Well q VVhere the tribe of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 hym r VVhich had taken parte With the King s To Warde 〈◊〉 salem “ Or haue 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to bryng home the king 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a VVhere the ten tribes 〈◊〉 against 〈◊〉 b As they of 〈◊〉 say c He thoght by speaking contem preously of the king to stirre the people rather to sedicion d From Gilgal Whiche Was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 16. 12. e VVho Was his chief captaine in Ioabs roume Chap. 19 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 them Which had bene vnder Ioáb or Dauids men Chap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Which Was his coat that he vsed to Weare in the Warres †Ebr peace †Ebr. doubled not his stroke h He stodeby 〈◊〉 at Ioabs ap pointement i Vnto the citie 〈◊〉 Which Was 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k That is he WeÌ„t about to ouerthrowe it l She sheweth that the olde custome Was not to destroie a 〈◊〉 be fore peace Was of fred Deur 20 11. m She speaketh in the name of the 〈◊〉 n Hearing 〈◊〉 te tolde him he gaue place to 〈◊〉 son and 〈◊〉 onely him that Was 〈◊〉 of the treason †Ebr. the i 〈◊〉 scatered Chap. 8 16 o Ether in dignitie or 〈◊〉 †Ebr. yere after 〈◊〉 †Ebr. soght the 〈◊〉 of the Lord. a Thinking to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 these Were not of the seede of AbrahaÌ„ Iosh. 9 39. b VVhere With may your Wrath be appeased that you may pray to God to 〈◊〉 this plague 〈◊〉 his people c Saue onely of 〈◊〉 stocke d Of Sauls kinsemen e To pacifie 〈◊〉 Lord. 1. Sam. 18. 3 f Here Michál is named for Merab Adriels Wife as appeareth 1. Sam. 18 19. for Michal Was the Wife of 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 25 44 neuer had 〈◊〉 2. Sam. 6 23 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 g Which Was in the moneth Abib or Nisan Which 〈◊〉 parte of Marche and parte of April h To make 〈◊〉 a tent 〈◊〉 she prayed to God to turne away his Wrath. i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cause of this famine God by sending of raine 〈◊〉 Wed that he Was paci 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 31 10. k For Where the magistrat suffreth fautes vnpu 〈◊〉 there the plague of God 〈◊〉 vpon the land l That is of the race of 〈◊〉 m VVhich 〈◊〉 to nine pounde thre quarters n For the glorie and Welth of the countrey staÌ„deth in the 〈◊〉 of the godly magistrate o 〈◊〉 Gézer 〈◊〉 is called zip 〈◊〉 1. Chro. 20 4. p That is Lahmi the brother of Go háth 〈◊〉 Da 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. 〈◊〉 10 5. 1. Sam. 16 9. a In token of the Wonderful benefites that he recei ued of God b By the diuersitie of these 〈◊〉 names he sheweth how his faithwas streÌ„gthned in all tentacions Psal. 18 2. “ Or rocke c As Dauid Who Was the figure of Christ Was by Gods power deliuered 〈◊〉 all daÌ„ gers so Christ his Churche shal ouercome 〈◊〉 greuous daÌ„gers tyraÌ„nie death d That is cloudes and vapors e Lightening aÌ„d thundering f So it semeth When the aire is darke g To flie in a mo ment through the Worlde h By this 〈◊〉 of a tempest he declareth the power of God against his enemies i He alludeth to the miracle of the red Sea k I Was so 〈◊〉 that all meanes semed to faile l To Warde Saul and myne enemies m I attempted nothynge Without his comâ—â—â—dement n Their Wickednes is cause that that thou semest to forget thy 〈◊〉 mercie o The maner that God vsech to sue cour hys neuer faileth p He vseth extra ordinarie meanes to make me Winne most stroÌ„g holdes Or steele q He acknowled geth that GOD Was the autor of his victories Who gaue hym strength r The Wicked in their necessitie are compelled to slieto God but it is to late s Meaning of the Iewes Who conspired againste me t Not Willirgly obeying me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 y. u Let him shewe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of all the 〈◊〉 Rom. 〈◊〉 9. Chap 7 〈◊〉 a VVhiche he spake after that he had made the Psalmes b Meanyng 〈◊〉
shal be punished for our faute h He 〈◊〉 the Prophetes wordes and ther fore colde beleue nothing as thei which are more 〈◊〉 thē godlie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 more perils then nedeth i There are no more left but thei or the rest are consumed with the 〈◊〉 as the rest of the people “ Or two horses of the charet which were accu 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 drawe in the 〈◊〉 k Which he spake by the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. l As the people preased out of the gate 〈◊〉 runne to the Syrians 〈◊〉 where they had heard was meat and great spoile 〈◊〉 Chap. 4 〈◊〉 a VVhere 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a commodious place to dwel where as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b That is to complaine on th m which had taken her possessions whiles she was 〈◊〉 c Gods wonder ful prouidence appeareth in this that 〈◊〉 caused the king to be de sirous to heare of him whome before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ned and also he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 an 〈◊〉 to the poure widowes sure d The king caused that to be iuslely restored which was wrongfully l. olden from her e Of all the chief est and precious things of the countrey f Meaning that he shulde recouer of this disease 〈◊〉 he knewe that this messenger Hazael shul de 〈◊〉 him to obteine the king dome g That I shulde be 〈◊〉 al 〈◊〉 pitie h Vnder 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 or ease him he slyffed him with this 〈◊〉 i Read Chap. 1. 17. k He was confir med in his king dome after his fathers death l The holy Gost sheweth hereby what danger it is to ioyne with infideles 2. Sam. 7. 13. m Which had bene subiect frō Dauids time vntil this time of Iehorám n This was a citie in Iudáh giuē to the Leuites Ios h. 〈◊〉 and af ter turned from King Iehorám be cause of his 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 22. 1. o Which is to be vnderstand thathe was made King when his father reigned but after his fathers death he was 〈◊〉 King whē he was fourtie two yere olde as 2. Chro. 22. 2. p Which was 〈◊〉 in the tribe of Gad beyon del ordén q This is a citie belonging to the tribe of 〈◊〉 a Prepare thy sel fe to go 〈◊〉 aboutthy busines for in those coun treis they vsed long garments which they tucked vp when they went about earnest busines 1. Kin. 19. 27 †Ebr. from cham ber to chamber b This annointing was for Kings 〈◊〉 Propheteswhich were all figures of Messiáh in whome these thre offices were accomplished 1. King 25. 21. 1. Kin 14 10. 21. 21. 1. King 14. 10. and 21. 30. 1. King 16. 3. c That is the rest of the armie whome he called before his brethren 〈◊〉 2. d In this estimation the worlde haue the ministers of God not withstanding for asmuche as the worlde hathe euer standered the children of God yea they called the sonne of God a deceiuer and said he had the deuil therefo re they oght not to be discouraged Chap. 2. 〈◊〉 e God had thus ordeined as is red 2. Chro. 22. 7. that this wicked and 〈◊〉 King who was more ready to gratifie wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 en to obey the wil of God shulde perish with him by whose 〈◊〉 he thoght to haue bene stronger “ Or followeme f As one that went earnestly about his enterprise g Meaning that 〈◊〉 muche as God is their enemie because of their sinnes that he wil euer 〈◊〉 vp some to reuen ge his cause 1. King 〈◊〉 23. “ Or spake this prophecieagainst him h By this place it is 〈◊〉 that Iezebel caused bothe 〈◊〉 his sonnes to be put to death that 〈◊〉 might enioye his 〈◊〉 more quietly forels 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 might haue claimed possession i After that he was wounded in 〈◊〉 he fled to M giddo which was a citie of 〈◊〉 k That is 〈◊〉 whole yeres for Chap. 8. 25. before when he said that he began to reigne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yere of Iorám he taketh parte of the yere for the whole l Being of an hautie and 〈◊〉 nature she wolde stil 〈◊〉 her 〈◊〉 state and dignitie m As thogh she wolde say Can any 〈◊〉 or any that riseth against his superior haue good 〈◊〉 1. King 16. 10. “ Or chief seruants n This he did by the 〈◊〉 of the Spirit of God that her blood shulde be shed that had 〈◊〉 the blood of 〈◊〉 to be a spēctacle and example of Gods 〈◊〉 to all tyrants o To 〈◊〉 of the King of zidon 1 King 16. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. by the hand of 1. King 〈◊〉 23. p Thus Gods iud gements appeare euen in this worlde against them that suppresse his worde and perse cute his seruants a The Scripture vseth co cal them sonnes which are ether children or nephewes b He wrote this to picue them 〈◊〉 thei wolde take his parte or no. c God as a iuste iudge punis 〈◊〉 the wicked children of wicked parents vnto the thirde and fourt generacion d Ye can not 〈◊〉 stely 〈◊〉 me for the Kings death seing ye haue done the like to his posteritie for the Lord commandedme and moued you to execute this his iudgement †Eb by the hand of 1. King 〈◊〉 29 c Meanirg which 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 priests f Thus Gods ven geance is vpon them that haue any parte or familiaritie with the wicked g For he feared God and lamented the wickednes of those times therefore 〈◊〉 was glad to ioyne with him of Recháb read “ Or praised God for him Ierem. 〈◊〉 2. h Here Báal is ta 〈◊〉 for Ashteroth the idole of the zidonians 〈◊〉 Iezebel caused to be wor shiped as it is also so vsed 1. King 16. 32. and 22. 54. †Ebr. 〈◊〉 i Thus God wolde haue his seruants preserued and idolaters destroyed as in his Lawe he 〈◊〉 expresse cōmandement “ Or he shal dye for him Deut. 〈◊〉 k which citie was nere to Samaria l Thus God approueth and rewardeth his zeale in 〈◊〉 Gods iudgement albeit hiswicked nes was afterward punished Or to cut them of 2. Chro. 22. 〈◊〉 a Meaning all the posteritie of 〈◊〉 haphát to whome the king dome apperteined thus God vsed the crueltie of this woman to destroye the whole familie of Aháb b The Lord pro mised to mainteine the familie of Dauid and not to quenche the light thereof therefore he moued the heart of Ieho shéba to preserue him c Where the Priests did lye d The chief Priest 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 hous band 2. Chro. 23. 3. e Of the Leuites which had charge of the keping of the Temple kept watche by course f 〈◊〉 none shulde come vpō them while they were crowning the king g Called the Last 〈◊〉 of the Temple “ 〈◊〉 that none 〈◊〉 his ordre h Whose charge is ended i Read 〈◊〉 5. and 7. k To wit Iehoiadá l That is Ioásh which had bene kept secret six ye res m Meaning the 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his throne is 〈◊〉 n where the 〈◊〉
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 oppointed it is sufficient f Alwaies 〈◊〉 nede requireth †〈◊〉 gaue his ce g Thei are assur 〈◊〉 God can defend his 〈◊〉 from all danger enemies h To withow he hathe destro his enemies 〈◊〉 liuered his 〈◊〉 i He warneth that persecute Church to 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 els thei shal 〈◊〉 that God is to 〈◊〉 for strong forth against 〈◊〉 thei fight a Here is 〈◊〉 Christ vnto 〈◊〉 me all his 〈◊〉 giue willing 〈◊〉 dience and 〈◊〉 wolde shew 〈◊〉 self terrible to 〈◊〉 wicked b He hathe 〈◊〉 the Iewes 〈◊〉 were the 〈◊〉 of the Law 〈◊〉 Prophets scholer 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 that thei 〈◊〉 with gladnes 〈◊〉 them c God hathe 〈◊〉 vs aboue all 〈◊〉 to enioye a 〈◊〉 glorious 〈◊〉 ce d He doeth 〈◊〉 vnto the trumpets that were blowne at solemne feastes but he doeth further signifie 〈◊〉 triumph of Christ and his glorious ascension into the heauens 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 singing lest 〈◊〉 Name of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vaine crying He 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 the great princes of the Worlde whome he 〈◊〉 hields to the feloship of his Church Some put this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 betwe 〈◊〉 a long and 〈◊〉 saying 〈◊〉 it is called a 〈◊〉 when there 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 instrument 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 Psalme the cō 〈◊〉 The song of 〈◊〉 Psalme is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 instruments be 〈◊〉 and the voi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 weth The 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 contrary 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 through all 〈◊〉 worlde 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 Because the wor 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to all 〈◊〉 that shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 the defence the 〈◊〉 nether 〈◊〉 nor municiō 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Thei conspired 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 The enemies we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the 〈◊〉 of the Citie 〈◊〉 That is of cilia 〈◊〉 of the sea 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k Let Ierusalem and the cities of 〈◊〉 reioyce 〈◊〉 thyiust 〈◊〉 against thine enemies To wit of our 〈◊〉 so haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his promes l or in this outward 〈◊〉 and strength Gods blessing did also 〈◊〉 but the chief is to be 〈◊〉 to God auour and secret defence who neuer 〈◊〉 his i In all places 〈◊〉 thy Name 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 heard of 〈◊〉 shal praise 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thei heare of 〈◊〉 maruelous workes a He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 how God gouerneth the worlde by his prouidence which can not be 〈◊〉 by the iudgement of the 〈◊〉 b 〈◊〉 wickednes 〈◊〉 enemies rage seing God wil execute his iudgements a gainst the wicked in time conueniē c To trust in riches is more madnes 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 nether 〈◊〉 life nor prolong it 2. 〈◊〉 3. 1. d That is so rate or not to be 〈◊〉 ue as 〈◊〉 was precions in the daies of Eli. e Meaning it is impossible to liue to liue for euer al so that life and death are onely in Gods hands f In that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 maketh 〈◊〉 betwene the persones g That is not to their children but to strangers Yet the wicked profit nothy these exam ples 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dreame an 〈◊〉 in earth “ or labour 〈◊〉 their name may be famous 〈◊〉 earth h As touching the death of the bodie i They speake and do the same thing that their 〈◊〉 did k As 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gathered into the folde so shal thei be broght to the graue l Because thei haue no parte of life euet lasting m Christs cōming is as the 〈◊〉 when the elect shal reigne with Christ their head ouer the wicked “ Or because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iob. 27. 〈◊〉 †Ebr. he blessed his soule m The 〈◊〉 praise them that liue in desires and pleasures 1. tim 6. 7. “ Or his soule n And not passe the terme appointed for life o Bothe thei and their fathers shal liue here but a while and at length dye for euer p He condemneth mans 〈◊〉 who hauing receiued excellent 〈◊〉 of God abuseth them like a beast to his owne 〈◊〉 a VVho was ether the autor or a chief singer to whome it was cō mitted PSAL. L. b To plead against his 〈◊〉 people before 〈◊〉 uen and earth c Because God had chosen it to haue his Name there calledvpon and also his image shined there 〈◊〉 the doctrine of the Law d As when God 〈◊〉 his Law in mount Sinai he appeared terrible with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 so wil he appeare 〈◊〉 to take a count for the 〈◊〉 thereof e As witnesses against the hypocrites f God in respectof his elect 〈◊〉 the whole bodie holie Saints his people g VVhich shulde knowe that sacrifi ces are seales of 〈◊〉 betwene God and his people and not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therein h For I passe not for sacrifices except the true vse be there which is to confirme your faith in my promi ses i Thogh he did de 〈◊〉 sacrifice yet had he no nede of mans helpether eunto k Thogh manslife for the infirmitie thereof hathe 〈◊〉 of fode yet God whoselife quickneth all the worlde hathe no nede ofsuche mea nes l Shew thy self mindeful of Gods benefites by thankesgiuing m VVhy doest thou 〈◊〉 be of my people and talkest of my 〈◊〉 nant seing thou art but an 〈◊〉 n And to liue according to my worde o He sheweth what are the f utes of them that contemne Gods worde p He note 〈◊〉 the crueltie of 〈◊〉 which spare not in their talke or iudgement their owne mothers sonne q I wil 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 wicked 〈◊〉 in a role and make thee to read and 〈◊〉 them whether thon 〈◊〉 or no. r vnder 〈◊〉 which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 s As God ha he ap pointed t That is declare my self to be his 〈◊〉 a To 〈◊〉 him because he had cōmitted so 〈◊〉 sinnes and 〈◊〉 in the same 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 more thē a whole yere c My sinnes sticke so fast in me that I haue nede of some singular kinde of washing b As his 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 great so he requi reth that God wolde giue him the feling 〈◊〉 his ex cellent and 〈◊〉 mercies d My counscience accuseth me so that I can haue no rest til I be reconcilied e VVhen thou giuest sentence against sinners thei must nedes 〈◊〉 fesse thee to 〈◊〉 iust and them sel ues sinners f He 〈◊〉 that God who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 purenes o heart maie 〈◊〉 destroy man 〈◊〉 of nature is a sin ner much 〈◊〉 him whome 〈◊〉 had instructed 〈◊〉 his heauenlie 〈◊〉 dome g He 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 mercies toward repentant sinner h by the bones 〈◊〉 vnderstandeth al strength of 〈◊〉 and bodie 〈◊〉 by cares mour ning are 〈◊〉 i He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when Gods 〈◊〉 is colde in vs 〈◊〉 haue it againe re uiued is as a new creation k VVhich maie 〈◊〉 me that I am drawen out of the sclauerie of sinne Leuit. 14. 6. l He promiseth 〈◊〉 endeuour that others by his example may turne to God m From the mur der of Vriiah and the others that were staine with
of God as a grieuous bur den c Because this wordwas broght to contempt and derision he wil teache them another maner of speache and wil cause this worde Burden to cease and teache them to aske with reuetence VVhat saith the Lord d The thing which they mocke and contemne shal come vpon them †Or take you away Chap. 20. 11. a The good siggs signified 〈◊〉 that were gone into captiuitie and so saued their life as chap. 21. 8. and the noghty siggs them 〈◊〉 remained which were yet subiect to the sworde famine and 〈◊〉 b whereby he approueth the yelding of 〈◊〉 and his companie because thei obeied the Prophet who ex 〈◊〉 thē thereunto c hich declareth that man of himselfe can kno we nothing 〈◊〉 God giue the heart and vnderstanding Chap. 31. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 10. 17. Chap. 29 17. d Which fled the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 succour a That is in 〈◊〉 third 〈◊〉 accomplished and in the beginning 〈◊〉 the fourth 〈◊〉 thogh Nebuchad nezzár began to reigne in the end of the thirde yere of 〈◊〉 kins reigne yet that yere is not here counted because it was almost expired Dan 1. 〈◊〉 b Which was the 〈◊〉 yere and the ninth moneth of 〈◊〉 reigne c That is I haue spared no diligen ce or labour Chap. 7. 13. d He sheweth that the Prophets wholly with 〈◊〉 consent did labour to pul the people 〈◊〉 those vices which then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wit from 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ce of men for vnder these two all other were 〈◊〉 2 King 17. 〈◊〉 Chap. 18. 11. and 35. 15 Iouáh 3. 8. e The Caldeans and all their power f So the wicked and 〈◊〉 him selfe are Gods ser uants 〈◊〉 he maketh them to serue him by constreint 〈◊〉 that which thei do of malice to his honour and glorie g As the Philistims 〈◊〉 Egyptians others Chap 16 9. h Meaning that bread all thigs that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto their feastes shulde be taken away Or destroy i This reuelacion was for the 〈◊〉 of his prophecie because he tolde thē of the time that thei shulde entre and remaine in 〈◊〉 k For seing the iudgement began at his owne nouse the enemies must nedes be pu nished most 〈◊〉 uously 2 Chron. 36. 22. l That is of the Babylonians as Chap. 27. 7. Ezra 1. 1. Chap 29. 10. Dan. 9. 2. m Signifying the 〈◊〉 that God had appointed for euerie one as Psal. 75 a Isa. 51. 17. this cup which the wicked 〈◊〉 is more bitter thē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 to his children for he 〈◊〉 the one by mercie and the other by iustice Ezek 9 6. 1. Pet. 4 17. n For now it beginneth and shal 〈◊〉 continue til it be accomplished o 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. 1. p 〈◊〉 were cities of the Philistuns q Edom is here taken for the who e countrey 〈◊〉 Vz for a part thereof r 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ita lie and the rest of those 〈◊〉 s These were peo ple of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 came of 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of Abrahám and 〈◊〉 t For there were two 〈◊〉 so named the one called plentiful the other baren or desert u That is of Babylon as Chap. 51. 〈◊〉 Or Persia x That is Ierusa 〈◊〉 read verl 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. Amos 1. 2. Chap. 30. 23. y Thei which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the Lords appointement z Ye that are chief 〈◊〉 and goueinours a which are moste easily broken b It shal not helpe them to 〈◊〉 to flee †Ebr. peaceables a That is in that place of the Temple whereunto the 〈◊〉 resort out of all Iudáh to sacrifice b To the intent that they shulde pretend 〈◊〉 ignorance as Act. 20. 27. c Read Chap. 18. 8. d Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 e So that when they wolde cursse any thei shal say God do to thee as to Ierusalém f Because of Gods promes to the Tēple Psal. 132. 14 that he wolde for euer remayne there the hypocri 〈◊〉 thoght this Tē ple colde neuer pe rish and therfore thoght it blasphemie to speake against it Mar 26. 〈◊〉 act 6 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cōsidering that this was ment of the Churche where God wil remaine for euer g So called because it was repaired by Ioathā 2 Kings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Ebr. 〈◊〉 of death belōgeth to this man h He both sheweth the cause of his doings plainely also threateneth thē that they shulde nothing 〈◊〉 thogh they shulde put him to death but heape greater vengeāce vpon their heads Michah 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. i That is of the house of the Lord to wit zion and these examples the godlie alledged to 〈◊〉 Ieremiah out of the Priestes 〈◊〉 whose rage 〈◊〉 wolde not haue bene satisfied but by his death k So that the citie was not 〈◊〉 but by miracle was deliuered out of the handes of 〈◊〉 l Here is 〈◊〉 the furie of tyrāts who cā not abide to 〈◊〉 Gods worde declared but 〈◊〉 the ministers thereof and yet in the end they 〈◊〉 nothing but prouoke Gods iudgements so muche the more m As in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 exāple is to be followed so in his other 〈◊〉 act is to be abhoired for Gods pligue did light on him and his 〈◊〉 n VVhiche 〈◊〉 that nothing colde haue appeased 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if God had not moued this noble mā to stand valian ly in his defence a As touching the dispositiō of these prophecies they that gathered thē into a booke 〈◊〉 not altogether ob 〈◊〉 the order of times but did set some 〈◊〉 which shulde be after 〈◊〉 wises which if the reader marke wel 〈◊〉 shal auoide many doutes and make the eading much more easy Chap. XXVII b By suche signes the Prophetes 〈◊〉 sometimes to cōfirme their prophecies 〈◊〉 not withstanding they colde nor do of them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but in asmuche as thei had a reuelation for the same 〈◊〉 Isa. 20. 2. and therfore the false propheres to get more credi did vse also suche visible signes but they had no reuelatiō 1. King 22. 11. c Read Chap. 25. 〈◊〉 d Meaning Euilmerodach and his sonne Belshazar e They shal bring him and his kingdome in 〈◊〉 as Chap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 14 〈◊〉 33 21 29 8 Chap. 28. 3. f VVhiche were taken when Ieconiah was led captiue into Batél g For it was not onely the Prophetes office to shewe the word of God but also to praye for the sinnes of the people Genes 20. 7. VVhich these colde not do because they had no expresse wordes for God had 〈◊〉 the contrarie 2. King 25. 13. 2. King 24. 12. h That is for the space of seuentie yeres till I haue caused the Medes and Persians to ouercome the Caldeans a VVhē Ieremiah began to 〈◊〉 these bondes and yokes b After that the land had rested as Leu 25. 1. Deut. 15. 1. c This was a 〈◊〉 in Beniamin belō ging to the sonnes of Aarō iosh. 21. 17 †Ebr. two yeres of dayes d He was so 〈◊〉 med thogh 〈◊〉 was a false Prophet e
〈◊〉 b Which is to declare that the god lie 〈◊〉 not hasten to much but paciently to abide the yssue of Gods promes c Called Abib whiche conteineth 〈◊〉 of Mar che and parte of April d Being caryed by the spirit of 〈◊〉 to haue the sight of this 〈◊〉 Tygris e This was the Angel of GOD which was 〈◊〉 to assure Daniél in this prophecie that followeth f The worde also 〈◊〉 comeli nes or beautie so that for 〈◊〉 he was like a dead man for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Which declareth that when we are 〈◊〉 downe with the 〈◊〉 of God we 〈◊〉 not rise except he also list vs vp with his hand which is his power h Meaning Cam byseswhoreigned in his fathers absence did not onely for this spa ce binder the buil ding of the Temple but wolde ha ue 〈◊〉 raged if God had not sent me to resist him therefore haue I stayed for the profite of the Church i Thogh God cold by one Angel de stroy all the worl de yet to 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 of his loue he sendeth forthe double power euen Michaél that is Christ Iesus the head of Angels k For thogh the Prophet Daniél shulde end and cease yet his doctrine shulde con tinue 〈◊〉 the comming of 〈◊〉 for the comfort of his Church l This was the same Angel that spake with him before in the simi litude of a man m I was ouercome with feare and sorowe whē I sawe the vision n He declareth he reby that GOD wolde be mereful vnto the people of Israél o which 〈◊〉 that when God smitteth downe his children he doeth not immediatly lift them vp at once for now the Angel had touched him twise but by litle and litle p Meaning that he wolde not onely him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the rage of Cam byses but also the other Kings of Persia by Alexander the King of 〈◊〉 q For this Angel was appointed for the defense 〈◊〉 the Church vnder Christ who is the head thereof a The Angelassu reth Daniél that God hathe giuen him power to performe these things seing he appointed him to assiste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he ouer come the Caldéans b Whereof Cambyses that now 〈◊〉 was the first the seconde 〈◊〉 the third 〈◊〉 the sonne of Hystaspis and the 〈◊〉 zerxes which all were enemies to the people of God 〈◊〉 against thē c For the raised vp all the East countreis to 〈◊〉 againste the 〈◊〉 and albeit he had in his armie ninei ūdieth thousand men yet in soure 〈◊〉 he was discō 〈◊〉 and fled away with shame d That is Alexan der the 〈◊〉 eat e For when his estate was moste 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 came him self with 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 into a disea se or as some 〈◊〉 te was poysoned by Cassander f For his twelue chief princes first 〈◊〉 his king dome mong thē selues g After this his 〈◊〉 was deuided into fou re for Seleucus had Syria 〈◊〉 nus 〈◊〉 minor Cassāder the king dome of Macedo nia and 〈◊〉 Egypt h Thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Alexanders ambicion ctuel tie in causing his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be murthered 〈◊〉 ly of the 〈◊〉 chief 〈◊〉 and partely one of 〈◊〉 other i None of these foure shal be able to he compared to the power of Alexander k That is 〈◊〉 posteritie hauing no parte thereof l To wit Ptolemeus King of Egypt m That is 〈◊〉 the sonne of Scleucns and one of Alexanders princes shal be more mightie for he shulde haue be the Asia and Syria n That is Berenice the daughter of P 〈◊〉 Philadelphus shal be giuen in mariage to Antiochus Theos thinking by this 〈◊〉 that Syria and Egypt shulde haue a continual peace together o That sorce and strength shal not continue for soneafter Berenice and her yong sonne after her houshāds death was stayne of her step sonne Seleucus Calinicus the sonne of Laoqice the lawful wife of 〈◊〉 but put away for this womans sake p Nether Prolen cus nor Antiochus q Some read seed meaning the childe begotten of Berenice r Some read she that begate her and thereby vnderstand her 〈◊〉 whiche broght her vp so that all they that were occasion of t is mariage were destroyed s Meaning that Prolomeus 〈◊〉 after the death of his father Philadelphus shulde succede in the king dome being of the same stocke that Berenice was t To 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 death against Antiochus Calinicus King of Syria u For this 〈◊〉 reigned six and fortie yeres x Meaning Seleu cus and Antiochus the greate the sonnes of Ca linieus shal make warre againste Prolomeus Philo pater the sonne of Philadelphus y For his elder brother 〈◊〉 dyed 〈◊〉 was slaine whiles the warres were preparing z That is Philopater 〈◊〉 he shal se 〈◊〉 to tak great dominions from him in Syria ād also 〈◊〉 to inuade Egypt a For Antiochus had six thousand ho 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 score thousand foremen b After the death of 〈◊〉 Phi lopater who left 〈◊〉 Epiphanes his 〈◊〉 c For not onelye Antiochus came against 〈◊〉 but also Philippe 〈◊〉 of Macedonia ād these two 〈◊〉 greate power with them d For vnder Oni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 salsely alledged that 〈◊〉 ce 〈◊〉 19. 19. cer teine of Iewes 〈◊〉 with him into Egypt to ful 〈◊〉 this prophecie also the Angell sheweth that all these troubles which are in the Churche are by the 〈◊〉 counsel of God e The Egyptians were not able to resist Stop as An 〈◊〉 captaine f He sheweth that he shall not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Egyptians but al so the Iewes and shall entre 〈◊〉 their countrey 〈◊〉 he admo nis heth them before that they 〈◊〉 knowe that all these things come by Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g This was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 oght against Prolomeus 〈◊〉 h To 〈◊〉 a beautiful 〈◊〉 which was 〈◊〉 Antiochus daughter i For he regarded not the life of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the kingdome of Egypt k She shal not agre to his wicked 〈◊〉 but shal loue 〈◊〉 housband as her duetie requireth and not seke his destruction l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Asia Grecia and those yles which are in the sea called Mediterraneum for the 〈◊〉 called all 〈◊〉 yles which were deuided from them by sea m For where as 〈◊〉 was wont to con cmne the Romaines and put their 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in all places At 〈◊〉 the Consul or Lucius 〈◊〉 him to 〈◊〉 and caused his shame to turne on his owne head n By his wicked life and obeying 〈◊〉 foolish counsel o For 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 his shal flee to his holdes p For 〈◊〉 as vnder the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 he wolde haue robbed the Temple of 〈◊〉 Dodoncus the coun 〈◊〉 slue him q That is Selcucus shal succede his father 〈◊〉 r Not by 〈◊〉 enemies or 〈◊〉 but by treason s VVhiche was Ant ochus 〈◊〉 who as is thoght was the occasion of 〈◊〉 his brothers death and was of a vile cruel and 〈◊〉 nature and defrauded his brothers sonne of the kingdome and vsurped
sonne and to excuse your doings you all edge the Kings autoritie by his 〈◊〉 and also wisdome and policie in so doing but you shal not escape punishement but as I haue 〈◊〉 you great fauour and taken you for my people so shal your plagues be accordingly 〈◊〉 2 47. a The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vpon him the persone of the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 that all her 〈◊〉 gone so that none is left that is that there is no godlie man remaining for all a egiuen 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tie and 〈◊〉 so that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his owne brother b He 〈◊〉 that the prince the iudge and the riche man are 〈◊〉 together all to do 〈◊〉 and to cloke the doings one of another c That is the 〈◊〉 man that is able to giue money 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from no wikednes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d These men agre among thē 〈◊〉 and conspire with one consent to do 〈◊〉 e They 〈◊〉 are of moste estimation and are counted most honest amōg them are but thor nes and 〈◊〉 to pricke f Meaning of the Prophetes and 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 sheweth that the onely remedy for the godlie in 〈◊〉 euils 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 flee vnto God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cour h This is spoken in the persone of the Church which calleth the malignant Churche 〈◊〉 enemie i To 〈◊〉 when God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him self a 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 and a 〈◊〉 of his enemies k Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the Baby 〈◊〉 l VVhen the 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 stored they 〈◊〉 were enemies a sore shal come 〈◊〉 of all the 〈◊〉 of the world vnto her so that 〈◊〉 holdes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal be able to let them m A fore this 〈◊〉 ce appeare he 〈◊〉 how 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 shal be punished seing that the 〈◊〉 self which 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 ne 〈◊〉 made 〈◊〉 because of their 〈◊〉 n The Prophet prayeth to God to be me 〈◊〉 vnto his 〈◊〉 when they 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 tered 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 places 〈◊〉 Babylon and to be beneficial vnto them as in time past o God promiseth to be fauorable to his people as he had 〈◊〉 a fore time p They 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men and dare 〈◊〉 no more q They shal be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to heare men 〈◊〉 lest they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r They shal 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on the 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 s 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he wolde not se it but winke at it t Meaning of his elect u The 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God wil 〈◊〉 in effect the trueth of his merciful promes which he had made of 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 all that shulde apprehende the 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 a Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b The 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 whiche God commanded Nahum to write concerning the Ni neuites c That is botne of a poore village in the 〈◊〉 of Simeō d Meaning of his glorie e VVith his he is but 〈◊〉 for atime but his angre neuer aswageth toward the reprobat thogh for 〈◊〉 he deferre it f Thus the wicked wolde make Gods mercie an occasiō to 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 Prophet willeth them to consider his force iustice g If all creatures be 〈◊〉 Gods commandement and none 〈◊〉 to resist his 〈◊〉 shall man flatter him self and thinke by anie meanes to escape when he prouoketh his God to 〈◊〉 h Lest the faithful shuld be discouraged by hearing the power of God he sheweth thē that his mercies 〈◊〉 vnto them and that he hathe 〈◊〉 ouer them i 〈◊〉 ing that God wil suddenly destroye 〈◊〉 and the Assyrians in such sort as thei shall 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 darkenes and neuer recouertheir 〈◊〉 againe k He sheweth that the enterprises of the Assyrians against Iudah and the Church 〈◊〉 againste God and therfore he wolde so destroy them at once that he shuld not nede to returne the secōdetime l Thogh the 〈◊〉 thinke them selues like 〈◊〉 that pricke on all sides yet the Lord wil set fyre on thē as 〈◊〉 unken men are not able to stand against anye force so thei shal be nothing able to resist him m VVhiche maye be vnderstād 〈◊〉 of Saneherib or of the whole body of the people of 〈◊〉 n Thogh they thinke them selues in moste 〈◊〉 and of greatest strength yet when God shal passe by he will destroye them not withstanding he 〈◊〉 his Church and promiseth to make an ende of punishing them by the Assyrians * 〈◊〉 52. 7. Rom 10. 15. o Meaning Saneherib 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 haue no more children 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 in the house of his gods 2. King 19. 35. p 〈◊〉 peace the 〈◊〉 shulde enioy by the death of Saneherib a That is 〈◊〉 is in a redines to de stroye the Assyrians and the Pro phet 〈◊〉 the enterprises of the Assytians which prepared to resist him b Seing God 〈◊〉 punished his owne people Iudah and Israèl he wil now punish the enemies by whome he scourged them read Isa. 10. 12. c Signifying that the Israelites were 〈◊〉 destroyed d Bothe to feare the enemie and also that they themselues shuld not so sone espie blood oneof another to discourage them e Meaning their speares shulde shake and cras he together f Then the Assyrians shal seke by all meanes to gather their power but all things snal faile them g The Assyrians which flatter thē selues and say that Nineueh is so ancient that it can neuer perish and is as a fi shpoole whose waters they that 〈◊〉 on the banckes cā not touche but they 〈◊〉 scattered and shal not loke backe thogh men wold call them h God commandeth the 〈◊〉 to spoile Nineueh promiseth thē infinite riches and treasures i That is Nineuêh and the man 〈◊〉 shal be after this 〈◊〉 k Read 〈◊〉 2. 6. l Meaning 〈◊〉 whose inhabi tans were cruel like the 〈◊〉 and giuen to all oppres sion and sparedno violence or 〈◊〉 to prouide for their wiues and children m That is assone asmy wrath beginneth to kindle n Signifying the heraldes which were accustomed to proclame warre Some read of thy gumme tethe where with 〈◊〉 was wont to bruse the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 a It neuer ceaseth to spoile robbe b He sheweth how the Caldeans shal haste how couragious their horses shal be in beating the groūde when they come against the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 Nineuéh to an 〈◊〉 which by her 〈◊〉 tie and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 yong mē and bringeth them to destruction d Meaning Alexā dria whiche was in league with so manie nacions 〈◊〉 was now 〈◊〉 “ 〈◊〉 thine e Signifying 〈◊〉 Gods iudgements shulde suddenly destroye the Assyrians as these 〈◊〉 are with 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 of wether f Thy princes and counselours g Meaning 〈◊〉 there was no people to whome the Assyrians had not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a The Prophet 〈◊〉 God be waileth that among the Iewes is left none 〈◊〉 nor brotherlie 〈◊〉 but in stead hereof reygneth crueltie theft contention and 〈◊〉 b To suppresse him if any shuld shewe him selfe zealous of Gods cause c Because the iudges which shulde redresse this exces se are as
better thē the dogs therfore Christ speaketh accordyng to their 〈◊〉 k She asketh but the poore crommes ād not the chyldrens bread wherein she declareth her faith and humilitie l Declaryng by this signe the 〈◊〉 that he hath vpon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gen. 1. 〈◊〉 m As if they wolde say 〈◊〉 sides all the mitacles that he hath done euen this no we declareth that whatsoeuer he doeth is verie wel Eccle. 39. 〈◊〉 Mat. 15. 32. a Christ prouideth for his whē they 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 and for saken “ Or 〈◊〉 b If bread were so hard to come by it semeth vnpossible to obteine other meat Mat. 15. 39. c VVhiche was nere to 〈◊〉 betwen the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 ād mount 〈◊〉 Mat. 16. 1. d Oh the incomprehensible loue of our Christe how long shall we abuse 〈◊〉 great 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rpcnes of speache to saue 〈◊〉 from wilfull 〈◊〉 uction “ Or if a signe be giuen f As if he wolde say if I shewe them any signe let me be a lyar and 〈◊〉 Mat. 16 5. g He willeth 〈◊〉 to beware contagious doctrine and suche sub I le practises as the aduersaries vsed to suppres hys Gospel Iohn 6. 〈◊〉 h Christ reproueth them becau se their mindes are as yet vppon the material leauen not withstandynge they had preuen by 〈◊〉 miracles that he gaue thē theyt dayelye bread Mat. 16. 13. Luke 9. 19. i He that is the 〈◊〉 of God ād 〈◊〉 with all grace for mās 〈◊〉 k Differring it to a more 〈◊〉 dious time lest 〈◊〉 hast shuld 〈◊〉 binder then further the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 comming l This worde signifieth aduersa rie or 〈◊〉 he calleth hym so because he hid as muche as in him laye to pull him from 〈◊〉 God Mat. 0 38 16. 24. Luke 9. 23. and 14. 27. Mat. 10. 35. and 16. 25. Luke 9. 24. and 17. 33. m For mortalitie and corruption hes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ue immortaliue and 〈◊〉 Iohn 12. 25. Mat. 10. 33. Luke 9. 26. and 12. 8. Mat. 16. 28. Luk. 9. 17. a The preaching of the Gospel receiued increased the spake this to cōforte them and that they shulde not think thei trauailed in vaine Mat. 17. 1. luk 9. 28. b Christ sheweth his 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 as their 〈◊〉 was able to cōprehend it c Peter measured this vision 〈◊〉 ding to his owne capacitie 〈◊〉 cōsidering the end thereof Mat. 3. 17. 17. 5. d Christ onely must be the chief teacher and instructour of all them which pro ses them selues to be his members seing that God the father giueth him this autoritie and comman deth vs this obedience 〈◊〉 3. 22. chap. 1. 11. Mat. 17 9. e Their false opinion was that ether Elias shuld rise againe from the dead or that his soule shulde enter into some other bodie Malach. 4 3. f That is Iohn Baptist. Isa. 13. 4. g To the nine which he left the day before Mat. 17. 14. luk 9. 38. “ Or against thē h When the spirit cometh 〈◊〉 him he teareth him with inwarde sorow pangs as in a colike a man feeleth such grief as 〈◊〉 his bow els were rent a sunder i It semeth that this mā deserued not so sharpe an answer but Christ speaketh in his persone to the Pharises which were stub burne and desperate k The Lord is euer readie to helpe vs so that we put him not backe through our 〈◊〉 l All things that are agreable to the wil of God shal be granted to him that 〈◊〉 for faith seketh nothing that is 〈◊〉 to his wil or that is not reueiled in his worde m That is the feblenes imperfe iō 〈◊〉 my faith n Meaning the childe o Meaning that prayer whiche is surely grounded vpon faith and hathe fasting ioy ned vnto it as a profitable aide Mat. 17. 22. luk 9. 22. p Because 〈◊〉 imagined that Christ shulde reigne temporally this matter of his death was so strā ge that they colde perceiue nothing Mat. 18. 1. luk 9. 45. q To wit onely as mā but as him in whome is all perfection fulnes of all graces and benefites Luk. 9. 49. 1 〈◊〉 12. 30 “ Or 〈◊〉 great worke r 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 not him self to be myne yet in that he beareth 〈◊〉 ence to my Name it is ynough for vs. Mat 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 18 6. Luk. 17. 1. s It is a 〈◊〉 of speache which 〈◊〉 that we shulde 〈◊〉 of all things which 〈◊〉 der vs to serue Christ. Mat. 〈◊〉 29. 〈◊〉 8. t 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 declare the peines and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Isa. 〈◊〉 24. u He teacheth that it is better to be 〈◊〉 to God by salte and fyre that is to be purged and 〈◊〉 them to be sent into hel 〈◊〉 Leu 2. 23. x They which destroye the grace that thei haue receiued of God are as 〈◊〉 which hathe lost 〈◊〉 sauour and are worse then infideles Mat. 5. 13. Luk. 14. 34. Matth. 19. 1. 〈◊〉 24. 1. Gene. 1. 27. Mat. 19. 4. a The true 〈◊〉 to amende abuses is to returne to the institution of thinges and to trie thē by Gods worde Gene. 2. 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 6. 16. Ephe. 〈◊〉 31. “ Or persone 1. Cor. 7. 10. Mat 5. 〈◊〉 19 9. Luk 16. 8. b For the seconde is not his wif but his harlot 1. Cor. 7. 10. 〈◊〉 19. 〈◊〉 Luk. 18. 15. c We must be 〈◊〉 and voide of all pride 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 19 16. d It was 〈◊〉 with the Iewes that the greater shulde blesse the inferior Luk. 18. 18. Ebr. 7. 7. Therefore Christ being the head of his Church did by a solenne kind of prayer offer vp and 〈◊〉 the babes to God e Christ wolde 〈◊〉 that his goodnes was far re other wayes then the goodnes which is attributed o men which is ful of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exo. 20 19. f That is heappro 〈◊〉 certeine good seed that was in him which gaue him a litle 〈◊〉 g He toucheth his maladie and sore which before he 〈◊〉 not “ 〈◊〉 cable rope h Which 〈◊〉 his trust in riches i For he can giue grace to the riche to cause him to enioye his riches as if he had them not Mat. 19. 27. Luk. 18. 28. Mat. 10. 30. Luke 13. 30. k VVe must not measure these promises by our owne 〈◊〉 desires but refer re the 〈◊〉 to Gods will who euen in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and afflictions performeth the same so 〈◊〉 as they be 〈◊〉 Let vs there fore learne to ha ue ynough and to want that beyng tryed We maye 〈◊〉 our treasures in heauen l He saith this be cause they that 〈◊〉 firste called shuld go 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 de and not 〈◊〉 others Mat. 20. 17. Luke 18. 31. Mat. 20. 20. m Can you be partakers of my 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 n I haue not this commission for this time Luke 22. 25. o Christ wolde not that his disci ples ād ministers shuld beare rule as worldelie go 〈◊〉 do Mat. 20. 29. Luke 18. 35. p The
Daniel and when he came to the denne he loked in and beholde Daniel sate in the middes of the lions 41 Then cryed the King with a loude voyce saying Great art thou ò Lord God of Daniel and there is none other besides thee 42 And he drewe him out of the denne cast them that were the cause of his destruction into the denne and they were deuoured in a momente before his face THE FIRST BOKE OF THE Maccabees CHAP. I. 1 The death of Alxāder the King of Macedonia 11 Antiochus taketh the kingdome 12 Many of the children of Is rael make couenant with the Gentiles 21 Antiochus sub dueth Egypt and Ierusalem vnto his dominion 50 Antiochus setteth vp idoles 1 AFfter that Alexander the Macedoniā the sōne of Philippe wēt forthe of the land of Chettiim slew Darius King of the Persiās and Medes rei gned for him as he had before in Grecia 2 He toke great warres in hand and wan strōg holdes and slewe the Kings of the earth 3 So went he thorow to the ends of the world and toke spoiles of many naciōs in so much that the worlde stode in awe of him therefo re his heart was puffed vp and was hawtie 4 Now when he had gathered a mightie strōg hoste 5 And had reigned ouer regiōs naciōs king domes they became tributaries vnto him 6 After these things he fel sicke and knewe that he shulde dye 7 Then he called for the chief of his seruātes which had bene broght vp with him of chil dren and parted his kingdome among thē while he was yet aliue 8 So Alexander had reigned twelue yeres whē he dyed 9 And his seruants reigned euerie one in his roume 10 And they all caused thē selues to be crowned after his death and so did their childrē after thē many yeres muche wickednes increased in the worlde 11 For out of these came the wicked roote euen Antiochus Epiphanes the sonne of King Antiochus which had bene an hostage at Rome and he reigned in the hundreth and seuē and thirtieth yere of the kingdome of the Grekes 12 In those dayes went there out of Israel wic ked men which entyced many saying Let vs go make a couenant with the heathē that are rounde about vs sor since we depar ted frō them we haue had muche sorowe 13 So this deuice pleased them wel 14 And certeine of the people were readie went to the King which gaue thē licence to do after the ordinances of the heathen 15 Thē set they vp a place of exercise at Ierusalē according to the facions of the heathen 16 And made thē selues vncircumsed forsoke the holy couenant ioyned thē selues to the heathen were solde to do mischief 17 So whē Antiochus kingdome was set in order he wēt about to reigne ouer Egypt that he might haue the dominiō of two realmes 18 Therefore he entred into Egypt with a migh tie companie with charets and elephantes and with horsement and with a great nauie 19 And moued warre against Ptolemeus King of Egypt but Ptolemeus was afraid of him fled and manie were wounded to death 20 Thus Antiochus wanne many strong cities in the land of Egypt and toke away the spoi les of the land of Egypt 21 And after that Antiochus had smittē Egypt he turned againe in the hundreth fortie thre yere 22 And wentvp towarde Israel and Ierusalém with a mightie people 23 And entred proudly into the Sanctuarie and toke away the golden altar and the candlesticke for the light and all the instruments thereof and the table of the shewbread and the powring vessels and the bowles and the golden basins and the vaile and the crownes and the golden apparel which was before the Temple and brake all in pieces 24 He toke also the siluer and golde and the precious iewels and he toke the secret treasures that he founde and whē he had taken away all he departed into his owne land 25 After he had murthered many men and spo ken verie proudely 26 Therefore there was a great lamentacion in euerie place of Israél 27 For the princes and the Elders mourned the yong women and the yong men were made feble and the beautie of the women was changed 28 Euerie bridegrome toke him to mourning and she that sate in the mariage chāber was in heauines 29 The land also was moued for the inhabitāts thereof for all the house of Iacob was couered with confusion 30 After two yeres the King sent his chief taxe master into the cities of Iuda which came to Ierusalém with a great multitude 31 Who spake peaceable wordes vnto them in disceite and they gaue credit vnto him 32 Then he fell suddenly vpon the citie and smote it with a great plague and destroied muche people of Israél 33 And when he had spoiled the citie he set fyre on it casting downe the houses thereof walles thereof on euerie side 34 The women and their children toke they captiuitie and led away the cattel 35 Then fortified they the citie of Dauid with a great and thicke wall and with mightie towres and made it a strong holde for them 36 Moreouer they set wicked people there and vngodlie persones and fortified them selues therein 37 And they stored it with weapons vitailes and gathered the spoile of Ierusalém laied it vp there 38 Thus became they a sore snare and were in ambushment for the Sanctuarie and were wicked enemies euermore vnto Israél 39 For thei shed innocent blood on euerie side of the Sanctuarie and defiled the Sāctuarie 40 In so muche that the citizens of Ierusalém fled away because of them and it became an habitacion of strangers being desolate of them whome she had borne for her owne children did leaue her 41 Her Sāctuarie was left waste as a wildernes her holie daies were turned into mourning her Sabbaths into reproche and her honour broght to naught 42 As her glorie had bene great so was her dishonour and her excellencie was turned into sorowe 43 Also the King wrote vnto all his kingdome that all the people shulde be as one and that euerie man shulde leaue his lawes 44 And all the heathen agreed to the comman dement of the King 45 Yea many of the 〈◊〉 consented to his religion offring vnto idoles and defiling the Sabbath 46 So the King sent letters by the messengers vnto Ierusalém and to the cities of Iuda that they shulde followe the strange lawes of the countrey 47 And that they shulde forbid the burnt offrings and sacrifices and the offrings in the Sanctuarie 48 And that they shulde defile the Sabbaths and the feasts 49 And pollute the Sanctuarie and the holie men 50 And 〈◊〉 set vp altars and groues and chappels of idoles and offer vp swines flesh and vncleane beasts 51 And that they shulde leaue their children vncircumcised and defile their soules with vnclennes and pollute themselues that they might